WO2025005731A1 - Camera device and optical instrument - Google Patents

Abstract

An embodiment includes: a fixed part; a moving part that includes a moving module having an image sensor and a lens; a tilting guide part, which is arranged between the fixed part and the moving part and includes an opening; a first magnetic body arranged in the fixed part; and a second magnetic body repelled by the first magnetic body, wherein the moving module includes a first portion, which passes through the opening of the tilting guide part or is arranged in the opening of the tilting guide part, the second magnetic body is coupled to the first portion of the moving module, and the moving part is tilted with respect to a first axis that is perpendicular to the optical axis direction or a second axis that intersects the optical axis direction and the first axis.

Description

Camera devices and optical instruments

The embodiment relates to a camera device and an optical device including the same.

A camera device is a device that captures a subject as a photo or video, and is installed in portable devices, drones, vehicles, etc. The camera device may have an image stabilization (IS) function, such as an optical image stabilizer (OIS), and an auto focusing (AF) function, which correct or prevent shaking of the image due to the user's movement in order to improve the quality of the image.

Embodiments provide a camera device and optical device capable of reducing size or weight and reducing the number of parts.

In addition, the embodiment provides a camera device and optical device capable of obtaining a stable and desired holding force and enabling stable OIS operation.

A camera device according to an embodiment comprises: a fixed part; a moving part including a moving module including an image sensor and a lens; a tilting guide part disposed between the fixed part and the moving part and including an opening; a first magnetic body disposed on the fixed part; and a second magnetic body with which a repulsive force acts with the first magnetic body, wherein the moving module includes a first portion passing through the opening of the tilting guide part or disposed within the opening of the tilting guide part, the second magnetic body is coupled with the first portion of the moving module, and the moving part tilts based on a first axis perpendicular to the optical axis direction or a second axis intersecting the optical axis direction and the first axis.

The above moving module includes a sensor base including the first portion and a circuit board disposed on the sensor base and on which the image sensor is disposed, and the tilting guide portion can be disposed between the sensor base and the fixed portion. The moving portion includes a support member coupled with the first portion of the moving module, and the second magnetic body can be disposed on the support member. The image sensor can be positioned closer to the first magnetic body than to the second magnetic body.

The above support member may overlap with the opening of the tilting guide part in the direction of the optical axis and may not overlap with the tilting guide part.

The above-mentioned fixed portion may include a coupling portion positioned between the image sensor and the second magnetic body and overlapping the second magnetic body in the direction of the optical axis, and the first magnetic body may be arranged in the coupling portion. The above-mentioned fixed portion may include an opening in which the first part of the moving module is arranged.

The camera device may include a shield member that closes the opening of the fixing member. The second magnetic body may overlap the first magnetic body in the direction of the optical axis and be positioned below the first magnetic body.

The above-mentioned fixed member includes an opening exposing the support member, and an area of an upper surface of the support member may be smaller than an area of the opening of the above-mentioned fixed member. The above-mentioned supporting member and the second magnetic body may be positioned below the tilting guide part. The second magnetic body may be coupled to the first portion of the moving module by an adhesive.

A camera device according to another embodiment comprises: a fixed part; a moving part including a sensor base, an image sensor disposed on the sensor base, and a moving module including a lens; a tilting guide part disposed between the fixed part and the sensor base and including an opening;

A first magnetic body arranged in the fixed portion; and a second magnetic body that exerts a repulsive force on the first magnetic body, wherein the sensor base includes a first portion passing through the opening of the tilting guide portion or arranged within the opening, the second magnetic body is arranged in the first portion, and the moving portion tilts based on a first axis perpendicular to the optical axis direction or a second axis intersecting the optical axis direction and the first axis. The second magnetic body may not overlap the tilting guide portion in the optical axis direction.

The sensor base includes an extension portion extending from a lower surface of the sensor base and positioned within or penetrating the opening of the tilting guide portion, and the second magnetic body can be coupled with the extension portion of the sensor base.

The above moving member includes a support member coupled with the extension member, and the second magnetic body can be coupled with the support member.

According to another embodiment, a camera device includes: a fixed part; a moving part including an image sensor and a lens; a supporting part coupled to the moving part; a tilting guide part disposed between the fixed part and the moving part; a first magnetic body disposed on the fixed part; and a second magnetic body disposed on the supporting part, wherein the tilting guide part is pressed against the moving part by a repulsive force between the first magnetic body and the second magnetic body, and the moving part is tilted based on a first axis perpendicular to an optical axis direction or a second axis intersecting the optical axis direction and the first axis.

Among the first magnetic body and the second magnetic body, the first magnetic body may be arranged closer to the image sensor. The first magnetic body may overlap the tilting guide part in a direction parallel to the first axis or the second axis. The tilting guide part includes an opening, the moving part includes a first portion passing through the opening of the tilting guide part, and the support member may be coupled with the first portion of the moving part.

The above tilting guide portion may include a plate portion, a first protrusion portion arranged on an upper surface of the plate portion, and a second protrusion portion arranged on a lower surface of the plate.

A camera device according to another embodiment comprises: a housing; a sensor base disposed on the housing; an image sensor disposed on the sensor base; a tilting guide portion disposed between the housing and the sensor base; a first magnetic body disposed on the housing; and a second magnetic body disposed on the sensor base, wherein the tilting guide portion is pressed against the sensor base by a repulsive force between the first magnetic body and the second magnetic body.

The sensor base and the image sensor are tilted about a first axis perpendicular to the optical axis direction or a second axis intersecting the optical axis direction and the first axis.

According to another embodiment, a camera device includes a housing including a first hole and a second hole; a sensor base including a first extension portion disposed in the first hole and a second extension portion disposed in the second hole; a tilting guide portion disposed between the housing and the sensor base; a support member coupled to the first extension portion and the second extension portion; a first magnetic body disposed in the housing; and a second magnetic body disposed in the support member and opposite the first magnetic body.

The housing may include a first portion positioned between the first magnetic body and the second magnetic body. The housing may include a lower portion, and the first hole and the second hole may be formed in the lower portion of the housing.

The lower part of the above housing includes a groove, and the first hole and the second groove can be formed spaced apart from each other on the bottom surface of the groove.

A camera device according to another embodiment includes: a fixed part; a moving part including an image sensor and a lens; a tilting guide part disposed between the fixed part and the moving part; and an elastic member connecting the fixed part and the moving part, wherein the tilting guide part is pressed against the moving part by the elastic member, and the moving part is tilted based on a first axis that is perpendicular to the optical axis direction or a second axis that is perpendicular to the optical axis direction and intersects the first axis.

The above tilting guide portion may include an opening, and at least a portion of the elastic member may be positioned within the opening of the tilting guide portion.

The tilting guide member may include an opening through which at least a portion of the moving member passes, the moving member may include a support member including a first coupling member to which a portion of the elastic member is coupled, and the fixed member may include a second coupling member to which another portion of the elastic member is coupled.

The fixed member may include an opening exposing the support member. The fixed member may include a shield member covering the opening. The moving member may include a sensor base and a circuit board disposed on the sensor base and on which the image sensor is disposed, the tilting guide member may be disposed between the sensor base and the fixed member, and the sensor base may include an extension that passes through the opening of the tilting guide member and is coupled to the support member.

The above support member may overlap with the opening of the tilting guide part in the direction of the optical axis and may not overlap with the tilting guide part. The elastic member may overlap with the tilting guide in a direction perpendicular to the direction of the optical axis.

The second connecting portion may include a first groove in which the other part of the elastic member is disposed, and the first connecting portion of the support member may include a second groove in which the part of the elastic member is disposed.

The above camera device may include a damper disposed in at least one of the first groove and the second groove.

The above elastic member may be a coil spring. The coil spring has a restoring force, and the restoring force may be an expanding force. The above elastic member may include a plurality of elastic units spaced apart from each other. At least a part of the second connecting portion may be arranged within the opening of the tilting guide portion.

A camera device according to another embodiment includes: a fixed portion; a moving portion including a sensor base, an image sensor and a lens disposed on the sensor base, and a supporting member coupled with the sensor base; a tilting guide portion disposed between the fixed portion and the sensor base and including an opening; and an elastic member connecting the fixed portion and the supporting member, wherein the supporting member includes a first coupling portion coupled with a lower portion of the elastic member, the fixed portion includes a second coupling portion disposed on the supporting member and coupled with an upper portion of the elastic member, and the moving portion tilts based on a first axis that is perpendicular to the optical axis direction or a second axis that is perpendicular to the optical axis direction and intersects the first axis.

At least a portion of the elastic member may be positioned within the opening of the tilting guide portion. The elastic member may be a coil spring, the coil spring may have a restoring force, and the restoring force may be an expanding force.

The embodiment can reduce the space required for tilting the sensor base, which is an OIS moving part, for image stabilization, and reduce the size of the camera device.

In an embodiment, a support member coupled with a moving module may act as a magnetic body that generates a repulsive force to support the OIS moving part.

The embodiment can reduce the number of parts and reduce the weight of the camera device.

In addition, since in the embodiment a tilting guide member is used for tilting the OIS moving member, compared to examples that only use a ball member or a shaft member, the OIS moving member can be tilted stably, precisely, and accurately, thereby improving the reliability of the OIS operation.

In addition, in the embodiment, instead of using magnetic materials to generate a holding force to pressurize the tilting guide part that supports the OIS moving part, an elastic member is used.

In the embodiment, since an elastic member is used, magnetic interference between the magnetic bodies and the driving magnet can be prevented, and thus a stable and desired holding force can be implemented.

In the embodiment, since an elastic member is used, the selection of an axis for module tilting can be easy and free, and a linear holding force can be implemented with respect to the stroke or displacement of the OIS moving part.

The embodiment can reduce the space required for tilting the sensor base, which is an OIS moving part, for image stabilization, and reduce the size of the camera device.

Figure 1 is a perspective view of a camera device according to an embodiment.

FIG. 2a is a first exploded perspective view of the camera device of FIG. 1.

Figure 2b is a second exploded perspective view of the camera device of Figure 1.

Figure 3 is a perspective view of the camera device excluding the cover member.

Fig. 4a is a cross-sectional view of the camera device in the AB direction of Fig. 3.

Fig. 4b is a cross-sectional view of the camera device in the CD direction of Fig. 3.

Fig. 4c is a cross-sectional view of the camera device in the EF direction of Fig. 3.

Fig. 4d is a cross-sectional view of the camera device in the GH direction of Fig. 3.

Fig. 4e is a cross-sectional view of the camera device in the IJ direction of Fig. 3.

Figure 4f is a cross-sectional view of the camera device in the KM direction of Figure 3.

Figure 4g is a cross-sectional view showing a protrusion of a cover member.

Figure 5 is an exploded perspective view of the bobbin, cloud member, and magnet.

Figure 6 is an exploded perspective view of the bobbin, holder, sensor base, and housing.

FIG. 7a is a first exploded perspective view of the holder, filter, circuit board, sensor base, tilting guide, support member, and magnet.

FIG. 7b is a second separated perspective view of the holder, filter, circuit board, sensor base, tilting guide part, support member, and magnet of FIG. 7a.

Figure 7c is a perspective view of the combination of the sensor base and the circuit board.

Figure 7d is a perspective view of the combination of the sensor base, the support member, and the magnet.

Figure 8 is a perspective view of the holder, cloud member, coil, position sensor, circuit board, and sensor base.

Figure 9a is a front perspective view of the tilting guide part.

Figure 9b is a rear perspective view of the tilting guide part.

FIG. 9c is a front perspective view of the tilting guide member and the first ball members according to another embodiment.

FIG. 9d is a rear perspective view of the tilting guide portion and second ball members of FIG. 9c.

Figure 10a is an exploded perspective view of the housing, magnets, yoke, magnetic body, and movement restraint.

Figure 10b is a perspective view of the assembly of the housing, magnets, yoke, magnetic body, and movement restraint.

FIG. 11a is a perspective view of a cover member, a holder, a sensor base, a circuit board, a magnet, a tilting guide member, and a reinforcing member.

Fig. 11b shows a reinforcing member according to another embodiment.

Figure 12 is a perspective view of the housing, magnets, magnetic body, movement restraint and tilting guide.

Figure 13 is a perspective view of the housing, the extension of the sensor base, the support member, and the magnet.

Figure 14a is a cutaway perspective view of the camera device.

Figure 14b is an enlarged view of the dotted line portion of Figure 14a.

Figure 15 is a perspective view of a camera device including a shield member.

Figure 16a shows the electromagnetic force according to the interaction between the magnet units and the coil units.

Figure 16b shows the movement of the OIS moving part of Figure 16a by electromagnetic force.

Fig. 16c shows the arrangement of magnet units according to a modified example of Fig. 16a.

Fig. 16d shows the electromagnetic force according to the interaction between the magnet units and the coil units according to another embodiment.

Fig. 17 is a perspective view of a camera device including a lens module.

Fig. 18a shows the first position of the OIS moving part.

Figure 18b shows the second position of the OIS moving part.

Figure 18c shows the third position of the OIS moving part.

Figure 19 shows another modified embodiment of Figure 14a.

Fig. 20 is a perspective view of a camera device according to an embodiment.

Fig. 21a is a first exploded perspective view of the camera device of Fig. 20.

Fig. 21b is a second exploded perspective view of the camera device of Fig. 20.

Figure 22 is a perspective view of the camera device excluding the cover member.

Fig. 23a is a cross-sectional view of the camera device in the AB direction of Fig. 22.

Fig. 23b is a cross-sectional view of the camera device in the CD direction of Fig. 22.

Fig. 23c is a cross-sectional view of the camera device in the EF direction of Fig. 22.

Fig. 23d is a cross-sectional view of the camera device in the GH direction of Fig. 22.

Fig. 23e is a cross-sectional view of the camera device in the IJ direction of Fig. 22.

Fig. 23f is a cross-sectional view of the camera device in the KM direction of Fig. 22.

Fig. 23g is a cross-sectional view showing a protrusion of a cover member.

Figure 24 is an exploded perspective view of the bobbin, cloud member, and magnet.

Figure 25 is an exploded perspective view of the bobbin, holder, sensor base, and housing.

FIG. 26a is a first exploded perspective view of the holder, filter, circuit board, sensor base, tilting guide, support member, and elastic member.

FIG. 26b is a second separated perspective view of the holder, filter, circuit board, sensor base, tilting guide part, support member, and elastic member of FIG. 26a.

Figure 26c is a perspective view of the combination of the sensor base and the circuit board.

Figure 26d is a perspective view of the assembly of the sensor base, the support member, and the elastic member.

Figure 27 is a perspective view of the holder, cloud member, coil, position sensor, circuit board, and sensor base.

Figure 28a is a front perspective view of the tilting guide part.

Figure 28b is a rear perspective view of the tilting guide part.

FIG. 28c is a front perspective view of the tilting guide member and the first ball members according to another embodiment.

Figure 28d is a rear perspective view of the tilting guide portion and second ball members of Figure 28c.

Figure 29a is an exploded perspective view of the housing, magnets, yoke, and movement restraint.

Figure 29b is a perspective view of the combined housing, magnets, yoke, and movement restraint.

Figure 29c is a bottom perspective view of the housing.

FIG. 30a is a perspective view of a cover member, a holder, a sensor base, an elastic member, a circuit board, a tilting guide member, and a reinforcing member.

Fig. 30b shows a reinforcing member according to another embodiment.

Figure 31 is a perspective view of the housing, magnets, movement restraint and tilting guide.

Figure 32 is a perspective view of the housing, the extension of the sensor base, the elastic member, and the support member.

Figure 33a is a cutaway perspective view of the camera device.

Figure 33b is an enlarged view of the dotted line portion of Figure 33a.

Figure 34 is a perspective view of a camera device including a shield member.

Figure 35a shows the electromagnetic force according to the interaction between the magnet units and the coil units.

Figure 35b shows the movement of the OIS moving part of Figure 35a by electromagnetic force.

Figure 35c shows the arrangement of magnet units according to a modified example of Figure 35a.

FIG. 35d shows the electromagnetic force according to the interaction between the magnet units and the coil units according to another embodiment.

Fig. 36 is a perspective view of a camera device including a lens module.

Fig. 37a shows the first position of the OIS moving part.

Figure 37b shows the second position of the OIS moving part.

Figure 37c shows the third position of the OIS moving part.

Fig. 38 shows a buffer member according to an embodiment.

Fig. 39 illustrates an elastic member according to another embodiment.

Fig. 40 shows another elastic member in another embodiment.

FIG. 41a shows a perspective view of an optical device according to an embodiment.

FIG. 41b shows a perspective view of an optical device according to another embodiment.

Figure 42 shows a configuration diagram of the optical device illustrated in Figures 41a and 41b.

Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention that can specifically achieve the above purpose will be described with reference to the attached drawings.

In the description of embodiments, when it is described that each element is formed "on or under", "on or under" includes both cases where two elements are directly in contact with each other or where one or more other elements are formed by being disposed indirectly between the two elements. In addition, when expressed as "on or under", it can include the meaning of not only the upward direction but also the downward direction based on one element.

Additionally, the relational terms such as “first” and “second”, “upper/upper/lower” and “lower/lower/below” used hereinafter may be used only to distinguish one entity or element from another entity or element, without necessarily requiring or implying any physical or logical relationship or order between such entities or elements. Additionally, the same reference numerals represent the same elements throughout the drawings.

In addition, terms such as "include," "comprise," or "have" described above, unless otherwise specifically stated, should be interpreted as meaning that the corresponding component may be included, and thus should not be interpreted as excluding other components, but rather as including other components. In addition, terms such as "corresponding" described above may include at least one of the meanings of "opposite" or "overlapping."

Hereinafter, a camera device according to an embodiment and an optical device including the same will be described with reference to the attached drawings. For convenience of explanation, the camera device according to the embodiment will be described using a Cartesian coordinate system (x, y, z), but may be described using another coordinate system, and the embodiment is not limited thereto. In each drawing, the X-axis and the Y-axis may be axes in a direction perpendicular to the Z-axis, which is the optical axis (OA) direction.

Additionally, the Z-axis direction, which is the optical axis (OA) direction, may be referred to as the 'first direction', the X-axis direction may be referred to as the 'second direction', and the Y-axis direction may be referred to as the 'third direction'. For example, the first direction may be a direction perpendicular to the imaging area of the image sensor.

Additionally, the X-axis (or Y-axis) may be referred to as a “first horizontal axis”, the X-axis (or Y-axis) direction may be referred to as a “first horizontal direction”, the Y-axis (or X-axis) may be referred to as a “second horizontal axis”, and the Y-axis (or X-axis) direction may be referred to as a “second horizontal direction”. For example, the optical axis direction may be the direction of the optical axis or a direction parallel to the optical axis. Additionally, the first-axis direction may be a direction parallel to the first axis, and the second-axis direction may be a direction parallel to the second axis.

Also, for example, the optical axis may be the optical axis of a lens mounted on a lens barrel. Or, for example, the optical axis may be an axis that is perpendicular to the imaging area of the image sensor and passes through the center of the imaging area. Also, the expression "terminal" below may be expressed as a pad, an electrode, or a conductive layer.

In addition, in the embodiment, in the coupling between the protrusion and the hole for coupling two components to each other, one of the components may be a coupling protrusion (or coupling hole), and the other side may be a corresponding coupling hole (or coupling protrusion).

A camera device according to an embodiment may perform a shake correction function and an auto-focusing function. The 'shake correction function' may be a function of moving a lens in a direction perpendicular to an optical axis direction or tilting the lens with respect to the optical axis to offset vibration (or movement) caused by a user's shaking hand. In addition, the 'auto-focusing function' may be a function of automatically adjusting the focus on a subject by moving a lens in the optical axis direction according to the distance to the subject in order to obtain a clear image of the subject on the image sensor. Hereinafter, the "camera device" may be expressed instead of a "camera", an "actuator", a "camera module", a "camera camera", or a "photographer".

FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a camera device (200) according to an embodiment, FIG. 2a is a first exploded perspective view of the camera device (200) of FIG. 1, FIG. 2b is a second exploded perspective view of the camera device (200) of FIG. 1, FIG. 3 is a perspective view of the camera device (200) excluding the cover member (300), FIG. 4a is a cross-sectional view of the camera device (200) in the AB direction of FIG. 3, FIG. 4b is a cross-sectional view of the camera device (200) in the CD direction of FIG. 3, FIG. 4c is a cross-sectional view of the camera device (200) in the EF direction of FIG. 3, FIG. 4d is a cross-sectional view of the camera device (200) in the GH direction of FIG. 3, FIG. 4e is a cross-sectional view of the camera device (200) in the IJ direction of FIG. 3, and FIG. 4f is a cross-sectional view of the camera device (200) in the KM direction of FIG. 3. 4g is a cross-sectional view showing a protrusion (311) of a cover member (300), FIG. 5 is an exploded perspective view of a bobbin (110), a cloud member (21), and a magnet (130), FIG. 6 is an exploded perspective view of a bobbin (110), a holder (140), a sensor base (270), and a housing (210), FIG. 7a is a first exploded perspective view of a holder (140), a filter (610), a circuit board (800), a sensor base (270), a tilting guide part (60), a support member (64), and a magnetic body (33), FIG. 7b is a second exploded perspective view of the holder (140), the filter (610), the circuit board (800), the sensor base (270), the tilting guide part (60), the support member (64), and the magnetic body (33) of FIG. 7a, and FIG. 7c is a second exploded perspective view of a sensor base (270) and a circuit board (800). FIG. 7 is a perspective view of the combination of the substrate (800), FIG. 7d is a perspective view of the combination of the sensor base (270), the support member (64), and the magnetic body (33), FIG. 8 is a perspective view of the holder (140), the cloud member (21), the coil (120), the position sensor (170), the circuit board (800), and the sensor base (270), FIG. 9a is a front perspective view of the tilting guide part (60), FIG. 9b is a rear perspective view of the tilting guide part (60), FIG. 9c is a front perspective view of the tilting guide part (60-1) and the first ball members (65A1, 65B1)) according to another embodiment, FIG. 9d is a rear perspective view of the tilting guide part (60-1) and the second ball members (66A1, 66B1) of FIG. 9c, and FIG. 10a is a perspective view of the housing (210), FIG. 10 is a perspective view of a separated image of magnets (310A, 310B), a yoke (380), a magnetic body (31), and a movement restraining member (80), and FIG. 10b is a perspective view of a combined image of a housing (210), magnets (310A, 310B), a yoke (380), a magnetic body (31), and a movement restraining member (80), and FIG. 11a is a perspective view of a cover member (300), a holder (140), a sensor base (270), a circuit board (800), a magnetic body (33), a tilting guide member (60), and a reinforcing member (70), and FIG. 11b shows a reinforcing member (70-1) according to another embodiment, and FIG. 12 is a perspective view of a housing (210), magnets (310A, 310B), a magnetic body (31), a movement restraining member (80), and a tilting guide member (60), and FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the housing (210), the extension (217) of the sensor base (270), the support member (64), and the magnet (33).

Referring to FIGS. 1 to 13, the camera device (200) may include a fixed portion, an AF moving portion, an OIS moving portion (100), and a support portion. The OIS moving portion (100) may be expressed as a “moving portion,” a “shaking portion,” or a “moving portion.”

The fixture may be a fixed element. That is, the fixture may not move in the direction of the optical axis. Or, the fixture may not move or tilt in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. Also, a configuration coupled to the fixture may correspond to the fixture.

The fixed member may include a housing (210). The fixed member may include a cover member (300). For example, the fixed member may include a configuration that is arranged or coupled to the housing (210) or the cover member (300). For example, the fixed member may include at least one of a magnet (310), a magnetic body (31), and a movement-restraining member (80) arranged in the housing (210).

The AF moving unit can move in the optical axis direction with respect to the fixed unit. For example, the AF moving unit may include a bobbin (110). In another embodiment, the AF moving unit may further include a component (e.g., a magnet (130)) coupled to the bobbin (110). In another embodiment, the AF moving unit may further include a lens module (400, see FIG. 17) coupled to the bobbin (110).

The OIS moving unit (100, see FIG. 2a) can move left and right or tilt with respect to a first axis (e.g., Pitch) intersecting the optical axis with respect to the fixed unit. In addition, the OIS moving unit can move left and right or tilt with respect to a second axis (e.g., Yaw) intersecting the optical axis with respect to the fixed unit. For example, the first axis can be perpendicular to the optical axis direction, and the second axis can be perpendicular to the optical axis direction and the first axis. For example, the first axis can intersect the X-axis or the Y-axis. For example, the second axis can intersect the X-axis or the Y-axis. For example, the first axis and the second axis can be perpendicular to each other. In another embodiment, for example, the first axis can be one of the X-axis and the Y-axis, and the second axis can be the other one of the X-axis and the Y-axis.

For example, the OIS moving unit (100) may include an AF moving unit. In addition, the OIS moving unit may include an image sensor (810). The OIS moving unit (100) may include a circuit board (800) on which the image sensor (810) is placed. In addition, the OIS moving unit (100) may include a sensor base (270) on which at least a portion of the circuit board (800) is placed. In addition, the OIS moving unit may include a holder (140) coupled with the sensor base (270).

The OIS moving unit (100) may be expressed as a first moving unit (or first moving unit), and the AF moving unit may be expressed as a second moving unit (or second moving unit). For example, the first moving unit may include a sensor base (270) and a circuit board (800).

Also, for example, the OIS moving unit (100) may include a configuration that is arranged or coupled to at least one of the holder (140), the sensor base (270), and the circuit board (800). For example, the OIS moving unit (100) may include a filter (610) arranged in the holder (140). For example, the OIS moving unit (100) may include a support member (64) coupled with the sensor base (270). For example, the OIS moving unit (100) may include a magnetic body (33) coupled with the support member (64). For example,

For example, the OIS moving part (100) may include at least one of an image sensor (810), sensors (170, 240), coils (120, 230), circuit elements (815), and a control part (830) arranged on a circuit board (800).

In addition, the OIS moving unit (100) may include a moving module (or tilting module) and a support member (64). For example, the moving module (or tilting module) may include at least one of the remaining components of the OIS moving unit (100) described above, excluding the support member (64). The moving module may also be expressed as a “mover.”

For example, the moving module (or tilting module) may include a lens module (400) and an image sensor (810). Also, for example, the moving module (or tilting module) may include a sensor base (270). Also, for example, the moving module (or tilting module) may further include at least one of a holder (140) and a circuit board (800). For example, the moving module (or tilting module) may be tiltable about a first axis or a second axis.

The support member can support the OIS moving member relative to the fixed member, for example, the support member can include a tilting guide member (60). In other embodiments, for example, the support member can further include a rolling member (e.g., a ball member) or a sliding member (e.g., a shaft).

The bobbin (110) may be placed within the holder (140) to accommodate a lens or lens barrel. Alternatively, the bobbin (110) may be placed within the cover member (300). The bobbin (100) may be placed within the cover member (300). The bobbin (110) may also be expressed as a “lens holder” or a “lens carrier”.

The bobbin (110) can move in the direction of the optical axis. For example, the bobbin (110) can move in a first direction (e.g., the Z-axis direction) by the electromagnetic interaction between the coil (120) and the magnet (130). The coil (120) and the magnet (130) can be an AF driving unit that moves or drives the AF moving unit. In addition, the bobbin (110) can be included in the OIS moving unit (100), and the bobbin (110) can be tilted or rotated by a preset angle based on the first axis or the second axis.

Referring to FIG. 5, the bobbin (110) may include an opening (101) for coupling with the lens module (400). The opening (101) may be a hole or hollow that penetrates the bobbin (110) in the direction of the optical axis. The shape of the opening (101) of the bobbin (110) may match the shape of the lens module (400) to be mounted or coupled, and may be, for example, circular, oval, or polygonal, but is not limited thereto.

Although not shown in FIG. 1, the bobbin (110) may include at least one stopper arranged on at least one of the upper and lower surfaces. The stopper of the bobbin (110) may have a structure that protrudes in a first direction or an upward direction (or a downward direction) from the upper surface (or lower surface) of the bobbin (110), and may prevent the upper surface (or lower surface) of the bobbin (110) from directly colliding with the inner surface of the upper plate (301) of the cover member (300) (or the lower surface of the holder (140)).

The bobbin (110) may include a mounting portion (115) for mounting or placing a magnet (130). For example, the mounting portion (115) may be a recessed groove from the outer surface of the bobbin (110).

Referring to FIG. 6, the bobbin (110) may include a plurality of side surfaces (110A to 110D) or outer surfaces. For example, the bobbin (110) may include a first side surface (110A), a second side surface (110B), a third side surface (110C), and a fourth side surface (110D).

For example, the second side (110B) may face the first side (110A) or may be positioned opposite the first side (110A) with respect to the optical axis (OA). The third side (110C) and the fourth side (110D) may be positioned between the first side (110A) and the second side (110B). For example, the fourth side (110D) may face the third side (110C) or may be positioned opposite the third side (110C) with respect to the optical axis (OA). Although FIG. 6 illustrates that the bobbin (110) includes four side surfaces, in other embodiments, it may include three or more than five side surfaces.

For example, the anchoring portion (115) may be formed on the first side (110A) of the bobbin. For example, the lower portion of the anchoring portion (115) may be closed without being opened to the lower surface of the bobbin (110). Also, the upper portion of the anchoring portion (115) may be closed without being opened to the upper surface of the bobbin (110). In another embodiment, for example, the anchoring portion (115) may include an opening that opens to at least one of the upper surface or the lower surface of the bobbin (110).

The bobbin (110) may include a receiving portion (112) for receiving at least a portion of the cloud member (21). For example, at least a portion of the receiving portion (112) may be disposed on a first side (110A) of the bobbin (110). The receiving portion (112) may be a groove that is sunken from an outer surface of the bobbin (110) (e.g., the first side (110A)). The receiving portion (112) may also be expressed as a “receiving groove,” a “groove,” or a “guide groove.” A lubricant (e.g., grease) may be disposed within the receiving portion (112) of the bobbin (110) to reduce friction with the cloud member (21).

For example, the bobbin (110) may include a first receiving portion (112A) for receiving a cloud member (21A) and a second receiving portion (112B) for receiving a cloud member (21B). For example, the fixing portion (115) may be arranged between the first receiving portion (112A) and the second receiving portion (112B).

For example, the first receiving portion (112A) (or the second receiving portion (112B)) may include an opening that opens to the upper surface of the bobbin (110). In another embodiment, the upper portion of the receiving portion (112A, 112B) may be closed without being opened to the upper surface of the bobbin (110). For example, the lower portion of the receiving portion (112A, 112B) may be closed without being opened to the lower surface of the bobbin (110). For example, the receiving portion (112) may be formed to extend in the optical axis direction. For example, the receiving portion (112) may be extended in the optical axis direction so as to be formed between the upper surface and the lower surface of the bobbin (110).

For example, when viewed from above, the shape of the receiving portion (112) may be a triangle, but is not limited thereto, and may be a polygon (e.g., a square or a pentagon, etc.). Or, for example, when viewed from above, the receiving portion (112) may be a 'V' or 'U' shape.

The magnet (130) may be placed, coupled, or fixed to the bobbin (110). For example, the magnet (130) may be placed or coupled to the first side (110A) of the bobbin (110). For example, the magnet (130) may be placed within the mounting portion (115) of the bobbin (110) or coupled with the mounting portion (115). For example, the magnet (130) may be placed between the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B).

The shape of the magnet (130) may have a shape corresponding to the first side (110A) of the bobbin (110), for example, a rectangular parallelepiped shape. In another embodiment, for example, at least one of the two ends of the magnet (130) may have a tapered shape.

For example, the magnet (130) may include a first side (13A) facing the coil (120) and a second side (13B) opposite the first side (13A). The first side (13A) of the magnet (130) may be exposed from the first side (110A) of the bobbin (110).

In addition, in order to improve the electromagnetic force, the magnet (130) may be a four-pole magnet. For example, the magnet (130) may include two N poles and two S poles. For example, the magnet (130) may include a first magnet including an N pole and a S pole, a second magnet including an S pole and an N pole, and a partition wall disposed between the first magnet and the second magnet. At this time, the partition wall may include a section having almost no polarity as a substantially non-magnetic portion, may be filled with air or made of a non-magnetic material, and may be expressed as a "neutral zone." For example, the first magnet and the second magnet may face each other in the optical axis direction, and the first magnet and the second magnet may be disposed to face each other with different polarities in the optical axis direction.

In another embodiment, the magnet (130) may be a bipolar magnet having two different polarities and a naturally formed interface between the different polarities. For example, in another embodiment, the magnet (130) may include one N pole and one S pole. For example, the magnet (130) may be a magnet in which the N pole and the S pole are separated or arranged in the direction of the optical axis. In another embodiment, the magnet (130) may be a bipolar magnet in which the N pole and the S pole are separated in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis.

The holder (140) may be arranged on the inside of the cover member (300). The holder (140) may include a cavity for receiving the bobbin (110). The holder (140) may include an opening (30A) corresponding to the opening (101) of the bobbin (110). For example, the opening (30A) may be a through hole or hollow for exposing at least a part of the bobbin (110) (or the lens module (400)). Also, for example, the opening (30A) of the holder (140) may expose an imaging area of the image sensor (810). The holder (140) may also be expressed as a “housing” instead. For example, the opening (30A) may be located at the center or a central region of the holder (140). For example, the opening (30A) of the holder (140) may be a through hole or hollow that penetrates the holder (140) in the direction of the optical axis. The opening (30A) of the holder (140) may have a shape corresponding to the shape of the bobbin (110), for example, a polygon (e.g., a square or an octagon) or a circle (or an oval), but is not limited thereto and may have various shapes.

The holder (140) may include a plurality of sides (41A to 41D). The holder (140) may include a corner positioned between two adjacent sides and connecting the two adjacent sides. The holder (140) may include a first side (41A) corresponding to or opposite a first side (110A) of the bobbin (110), a second side (41B) corresponding to or opposite a second side (110B) of the bobbin (110), a third side (41C) corresponding to or opposite a third side (110C) of the bobbin (110), and a fourth side (41D) corresponding to or opposite a fourth side (110D) of the bobbin (110).

The first side (41A) (or the first side or the first outer side) of the holder (140) may be positioned opposite the second side (41B) (or the second side or the second outer side) of the holder (140) with respect to the optical axis, and the third side (41C) (or the third side or the third outer side) of the holder (140) may be positioned opposite the fourth side (41D) (or the fourth side or the fourth outer side) of the holder (140) with respect to the optical axis. Each of the first to fourth sides (41A to 41D) of the holder (140) may be arranged parallel to a corresponding one of the side plates (302) of the cover member (300).

Referring to FIGS. 7A and 7B, the holder (140) may include a mounting portion (142A) for placing the coil (120). For example, the mounting portion (142A) may be placed or formed on the first side (41A) of the holder (140). For example, the mounting portion (142A) may be a through hole penetrating the first side (41A) of the holder (140). Since the mounting portion (142A) is in the form of a through hole, a part of the holder (140) may not be interposed between the coil (120) and the magnet (130), and thus, the electromagnetic force between the magnet (130) and the coil (120) may increase. In addition, since a part of the holder (140) may not be interposed between the position sensor (170) and the magnet (130), the output of the position sensor (170) can be increased, and the sensitivity of the position sensor (170) can be improved. In addition, since a part of the holder (140) is not interposed between the coil (120) and the magnet (130), the size of the camera device can be reduced. In another embodiment, the mounting portion (142A) may be a groove shape that is recessed from the outer surface (or inner surface) of the first side (41A) of the holder (140).

The holder (140) may include a groove (142) in which at least a portion of the circuit board (800), for example, at least a portion of the second substrate (802), is placed. Since at least a portion of the second substrate (802) is placed within the groove (142) of the holder (140), the second substrate (802) and the magnetic body (82) may not protrude from the outer surface of the first side (41A) of the holder (140) or may not protrude excessively from the outer surface of the first side (41A). That is, the second substrate (802) and the magnetic body (82) may protrude less than the sum of the thicknesses of the second substrate (802) and the magnetic body (82) based on the outer surface of the first side (41A) of the holder (140). This may prevent the size of the camera device (200) from increasing in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis.

Referring to FIGS. 7A and 7B , the holder (140) may include a receiving portion (116) for arranging or accommodating at least another portion of the cloud member (21). For example, at least a portion of the receiving portion (116) may be arranged on the first side (41A) of the holder (140). The receiving portion (116) may be a groove that is recessed from an inner surface of the holder (140) (e.g., an inner surface of the first side (41A)). The receiving portion (116) may also be expressed as a “receiving groove,” a “groove,” or a “guide groove.” At least a portion of the receiving portion (116) of the holder (140) may correspond to, face, or overlap with the receiving portion (112) of the bobbin (110).

For example, the holder (140) may include a first receiving portion (116A) for receiving at least another portion of the first cloud member (21A; B1, B2) and a second receiving portion (116B) for receiving at least another portion of the second cloud member (21B; B3, B4). For example, the mounting portion (142A) of the holder (140) may be positioned between the first receiving portion (116A) and the second receiving portion (116B) of the holder (140).

For example, the first receiving portion (116A) (or the second receiving portion (116B)) may include an opening that opens to the upper surface of the holder (140). In another embodiment, the upper portion of the receiving portion (116) may be closed without opening to the upper surface of the holder (140). For example, the lower portion of the receiving portion (116) may be closed without opening to the lower surface of the holder (140). For example, the receiving portion (116) may be formed to extend in the optical axis direction. For example, the receiving portion (116) may be extended in the optical axis direction so as to be formed between the upper and lower surfaces of the holder (140). For example, when viewed from above, the shape of the receiving portion (116) of the holder (140) may be a triangular shape, but is not limited thereto, and may be a polygon (e.g., a square or a pentagon, etc.). Or, for example, when viewed from above, the receiving portion (116) may be shaped like a 'V' or a 'U'.

For example, when viewed in the direction of the optical axis or from above, the receiving portion (116) may face or overlap the top plate (301) of the cover member (300). For example, at least a portion of the top plate (301) of the cover member (300) may cover the receiving portion (116).

The camera device (200) may include a cloud member (21) disposed between the bobbin (110) and the holder (140). The cloud member (21) may be expressed as a “ball member”, a “ball”, or a “ball bearing”.

At least a part of the cloud member (21) can be in contact with the bobbin (110) and the holder (140), and can support movement of the bobbin (110) in the optical axis direction by performing a rolling motion or a rotating motion between the bobbin (110) and the holder (140). When the bobbin (110) is moved in the optical axis direction, the cloud member (21) can reduce friction between the bobbin (110) and the holder (140). For the rolling motion or the rotating of the cloud member (21), the bobbin (110) can be slid or slipped in the optical axis direction by contacting the cloud member (21).

For example, the cloud member (21) may be made of, but is not limited to, a metal material, a plastic material, or a resin material. The cloud member (21) may have a circular shape and may have a diameter sufficient to support movement of the bobbin (110) in the optical axis direction.

For example, the cloud member (21) may be disposed between the outer surface of the bobbin (110) and the inner surface of the holder (140). For example, the cloud member (21) may be disposed between the first side (110A) of the bobbin (110) and the first side (41A) of the holder (140). For example, the cloud member (21) may be disposed between the receiving portion (112) of the bobbin (110) and the receiving portion (116) of the holder (140). For example, at least a portion of the cloud member (21) may be in contact with the receiving portion (112) of the bobbin (110), and at least another portion of the cloud member (21) may be in contact with the receiving portion (116) of the holder (140).

The cloud member (21) may include at least one ball member. For example, the cloud member (21) may include two or more ball members (B1 to B4). For example, the cloud member (21) may include a first cloud member (21A) disposed between a first receiving portion (112A) of the bobbin (110) and a first receiving portion (116A) of the holder (140), and a second cloud member (21B) disposed between a second receiving portion (112B) of the bobbin (110) and a second receiving portion (116B) of the holder (140). For example, the first cloud member (21A) may include at least one ball. For example, the first cloud member (21A) may include a plurality of balls (B1, B2).

The second cloud member (21B) may include at least one ball. For example, the second cloud member (21B) may include a plurality of balls (B3, B4). In another embodiment, each of the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B) may include one ball.

For example, each of the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B) may include three or more balls. For example, each of the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B) may include a top ball located at the uppermost position, a bottom ball located at the lowermost position, and at least one intermediate ball located between the top ball and the lowest ball. For example, the diameter of the top ball may be larger than the diameter of the intermediate ball, and the diameter of the lowest ball may be larger than the diameter of the intermediate ball. Also, for example, the diameter of the top ball and the diameter of the lowest ball may be the same. In another embodiment, the diameter of the top ball, the diameter of the lowest ball, and the diameter of the intermediate ball may be the same.

For example, each of the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B) may include a first ball (the highest ball), a second ball (the lowest ball), and a third ball (the middle ball) arranged in the direction of the optical axis, and the diameter of the first ball may be larger than the diameter of the third ball. In addition, the diameter of the second ball may be larger than the diameter of the third ball. For example, the diameters of the first ball and the third ball may be the same. In another embodiment, the diameter of the first ball may be larger than the diameter of the second ball. In another embodiment, the diameter of the first ball may be smaller than the diameter of the second ball. In another embodiment, the diameters of the first ball, the second ball, and the third ball may be the same.

For example, the diameter of the first ball and the diameter of the second ball may each be 0.85 [mm] or more and 0.95 [mm] or less, and the diameter of the third ball may be 0.75 [mm] or more and 0.85 [mm] or less.

In another embodiment, each of the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B) may include four balls, and the diameter of the uppermost ball and the diameter of the lowermost ball may be 0.85 [mm] or more and 0.95 [mm] or less, and the diameter of each of the two middle balls may be 0.75 [mm] or more and 0.85 [mm] or less.

When viewed from above, the coil (120) and the magnet (130) can be positioned between the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B). As a result, when the bobbin (110) moves in the optical axis direction, the bobbin (110) can be prevented from tilting and moving, the cloud member (21) can stably support the bobbin (110), and the reliability of auto-focusing can be improved.

In another embodiment, each of the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B) may be in the form of a shaft or a roller. In another embodiment, a sliding member (e.g., a shaft) or a roller may be included instead of the ball member (21A, 21B).

The camera device (200) may include a magnet (130) and a magnetic body (82) on which an attractive force acts. For example, an attractive force may act between the magnetic body (82) and the magnet (130) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis (or a second direction). For example, the magnetic body (82) may be placed in the holder (140). In another embodiment, the magnetic body (82) may be placed in the housing (210).

The magnetic body (82) may be made of a material that is attracted to a magnet. For example, the magnetic body (82) may be made of a metal material. Or, for example, the magnetic body (82) may be made of a magnetic metal material. Or, for example, the magnetic body (82) may be a magnet.

The magnetic body (82) may be expressed as a “yoke” or a “metal plate”. The magnetic body (82) may play a role in improving or increasing the electromagnetic force between the magnet (130) and the coil (120).

Since the magnet (130) is placed on the bobbin (110) and the magnetic body (82) is placed on the holder (140), the bobbin (110) can be pulled toward the holder (140) where the magnetic body (82) is placed by the attractive force acting between the magnetic body (82) and the magnet (130). By the attractive force between the magnetic body (82) and the magnet (130), the bobbin (110) and the holder (140) can press the rolling member (21), and the bobbin (110) can be stably supported. The magnetic body (82) and the magnet (130) can be a “pressure unit” or a “pressure member”. By this pressurization unit, when the bobbin (110) moves in the optical axis direction, contact can be maintained between the bobbin (110) and the rolling member (21) and between the holder (140) and the rolling member (21). That is, the cloud member (21) can stably support the bobbin (110) with respect to the holder (140) by the attractive force between the magnet (130) and the magnetic body (82).

In another embodiment, the magnet (130) may be placed in the holder (140), and the coil (120) may be placed in the bobbin (110). For example, the magnetic body (82) may be placed in the holder (140) together with the magnet (130). For example, the magnet (130) may be placed between the magnetic body (82) and the coil (110). In another embodiment, the magnetic body (82) may be placed in the bobbin (110) together with the coil (120) facing the magnet (130) placed in the holder (140). In addition, the camera device (200) according to another embodiment may further include a conductive member, for example, a conductive member, for electrically connecting the coil (120) placed in the bobbin (110) and the second substrate (802) of the circuit board (800).

Referring to FIG. 7B, the holder (140) may include a mounting portion (45A) for mounting or placing the filter (610). The mounting portion (45A) may be disposed or formed on the lower surface of the holder (140). For example, the mounting portion (45A) may be a groove sunken from the lower surface of the holder (140). For example, the mounting portion (45A) may include a bottom surface (5A) having a step in the optical axis direction from the lower surface of the holder (140) and a side surface (5B) connecting the lower surface of the holder (140) and the bottom surface (5A) of the mounting portion (45A). For example, the opening (30A) may penetrate the bottom surface (5A) of the mounting portion (45A).

The holder (140) may include a recessed portion (45B) arranged or formed in a corner region of the inner surface of the mounting portion (45A). The recessed portion (45B) may have a structure that recesses in a direction from the optical axis toward the corner region of the inner surface of the mounting portion (45A). The recessed portion (45B) may prevent an adhesive (e.g., UV epoxy) for attaching or bonding the filter (610) to the mounting portion (45A) from overflowing out of the mounting portion (45A).

The holder (140) may include a escape groove (46) to avoid spatial interference with the circuit element (815). For example, the escape groove (46) may be arranged or formed on the lower surface of the holder (140). For example, the escape groove (46) may be recessed from the lower surface of the holder (140). For example, the escape groove (46) may correspond to, face, or overlap the circuit element (815) in the optical axis direction. For example, the escape groove (46) may be located between the mounting portion (45A) and the edge of the lower surface of the holder (140). For example, the escape groove (46) may include a first escape groove (46A) and a second escape groove (46B) which are located on opposite sides with respect to the mounting portion (45A) or the filter (610). In another embodiment, the escape home (46) may include four escape homes positioned between the four sides of the opening (30A) and the holder (140).

The holder (140) may include a groove (47) corresponding to the protrusion (216) of the sensor base (270). The protrusion (216) of the sensor base (270) and the groove (47) of the holder (140) may serve as a guide for easy assembly of the sensor base (270) and the holder (140), and may increase the bonding area to enhance the bonding strength between the sensor base (270) and the holder (140).

For example, the groove (47) may be recessed from the lower surface of the holder (140). For example, the groove (47) may be arranged or formed at a corner or corner area of the lower surface of the holder (140). The groove (47) of the holder (140) may have a shape corresponding to the protrusion (216) of the sensor base (270). In addition, the holder (140) may include a groove (48) or a hole corresponding to the protrusion (17) of the sensor base (270). For example, the protrusion (17) of the sensor base (270) may be inserted into the groove (48) of the holder (140) or may be coupled with the groove (48). For example, the groove (48) may be arranged or formed at the bottom surface of the groove (47) of the holder (140). For example, the groove (48) may be recessed from the bottom surface of the groove (47) of the holder (140).

In another embodiment, the holder (140) may include a protrusion protruding from the lower surface of the holder (140) instead of the groove (47), and the sensor base (270) may include a groove recessed from the upper surface of the sensor base (270) and engaging the protrusion of the holder (140) instead of the protrusion (216). Also, in another embodiment, the protrusion (17) may be formed on the holder (140) and the groove (48) may be formed on the sensor base (270).

The camera device (200) may include a filter (610) that is placed on the holder (140) or coupled with the holder (140). For example, the filter (610) may be placed under the holder (140). The filter (610) may be placed between the lens module (400) and the image sensor (810). For example, the filter (610) may be coupled with the lower surface of the holder (140). For example, the filter (610) may be placed on the mounting portion (45A) of the holder (140).

The filter (610) may block light of a specific frequency band from passing through the lens module (400) from entering the image sensor (810). For example, the filter (610) may be an infrared blocking filter. For example, the filter (610) may be arranged parallel to a plane perpendicular to the optical axis (OA).

The filter (610) can be combined with the holder (140) (or the mounting portion (45A)) by an adhesive (not shown). For example, the edge area of the filter (610) can be combined with the bottom surface of the mounting portion (45A).

For example, the adhesive may be an epoxy, a thermosetting adhesive, an ultraviolet curable adhesive, etc. For example, at least a portion of the filter (610) may correspond to, face, or overlap with the lens module (400) or/and the image sensor (810) in the optical axis direction.

The sensor base (270) may be positioned under the holder (140). The sensor base (270) may be positioned under the filter (610). For example, the sensor base (270) may be positioned under the image sensor (810). For example, the sensor base (270) may be positioned under the circuit board (800).

The sensor base (270) can be combined with the holder (140). The sensor base (270) can be expressed as a “holder” instead. In addition, the holder (140) can be expressed as a “first housing” (or a “first holder”), and the sensor base (270) can be expressed as a “second housing” (or a “second holder”). In addition, the holder (140) and the sensor base (270) can be expressed without being expressed separately, and can be expressed as a single term, for example, a “housing” (or a holder). In another embodiment, the sensor base (270) and the holder (140) can be formed integrally. Or, in another embodiment, at least two of the sensor base (270), the holder (140), and the support member (64) can be formed integrally.

For example, the sensor base (270) may include a protrusion (216) protruding from the upper surface. The protrusion (216) may also be expressed as a “pillar”.

For example, the protrusion (216) may correspond to, face, or overlap with the groove (47) of the holder (140) in the direction of the optical axis. At least a portion of the protrusion (216) of the sensor base (270) may be inserted into the groove (47) of the holder (140). For example, at least a portion of the protrusion (216) may be combined with the groove (47) of the holder (140). For example, at least a portion of the protrusion (216) may be combined with the groove (47) of the holder (140) by an adhesive.

For example, the sensor base (270) may include a body (270A) and a protrusion (216) protruding from the upper surface of the body (270A). For example, the body (270A) may have a shape corresponding to the first substrate (801) of the circuit board (810). For example, the body (270A) may have a polyhedral shape, for example, a hexahedron. For example, the protrusion (216) may be arranged at a corner region of the upper surface of the body (270A). For example, the protrusion (216) may include four protrusions (216A to 216D) arranged at four corner regions of the upper surface of the body (270). In addition, for example, the holder (140) may include four grooves (47) corresponding to the four protrusions (216A to 216D). In another embodiment, the housing (210) may include at least one protrusion positioned at at least one of four corner regions of the upper surface of the body (270), and the holder (140) may include at least one recess (48) corresponding to at least one protrusion of the housing (210).

The sensor base (270) or body (270A) may include sides (51A to 51D) that correspond to, oppose, or overlap the sides (41A to 41D) of the holder (140). The sensor base (270) may include a corner positioned between the sides (51A to 51D). For example, the sensor base (270) may include first to fourth corners.

The camera device (200) may include a gyro sensor (not shown) disposed on a circuit board (800). For example, the gyro sensor may be disposed on a first substrate (801) of the circuit board (800). For example, the gyro sensor may be disposed, coupled, or fixed to a lower surface of the first substrate (801). For example, the gyro sensor outputs rotational velocity information due to the movement of the camera device (200). For example, the gyro sensor may be implemented as a two-axis or three-axis gyro sensor, or an angular velocity sensor. For example, the gyro sensor may be conductively or electrically connected to the first substrate (801).

In another embodiment, the sensor base (270) may include a receiving portion in which the gyro sensor is placed or to avoid spatial interference with the gyro sensor (820). For example, the receiving portion may be a through hole penetrating the sensor base (270) in the direction of the optical axis, or a groove recessed from the upper surface of the sensor base (270) or the upper surface of the body (270A). In this case, the receiving portion may include an opening that opens to the outer surface of the sensor base (270).

The sensor base (270) may include a receiving portion (255) in which the control portion (830) is placed or for receiving the control portion (830). The receiving portion (255) may be a groove that is sunken from the upper surface of the sensor base (270) or the upper surface of the body (270A). In another embodiment, the receiving portion (255) may be a through hole that penetrates the sensor base (270) or the body (270A) in the direction of the optical axis.

The sensor base (270) may include a mounting portion (274A, 274B) for placing the coil (230). The mounting portion (274A, 274B) may be placed or formed on the upper surface of the sensor base (270). For example, the mounting portion (274A, 274B) may be a groove that is sunken from the upper surface of the sensor base (270). For example, the sensor base (270) may include a first mounting portion (274A) for placing or placing the first coil unit (230A) and a second mounting portion (274B) for placing or placing the second coil unit (230B).

For example, the first mounting portion (274A) may be formed to be adjacent to or in contact with one of the protrusions (216A to 216D) of the sensor base (270) (e.g., 216C). For example, the first mounting portion (274A) may be a groove formed on an upper surface of the sensor base (270) adjacent to the third protrusion (216C) of the sensor base (270). For example, the first mounting portion (274A) may include an opening that opens from an outer surface of a side (e.g., 51B, 51D) adjacent to the third protrusion (216C) of the sensor base (270). In another embodiment, the first mounting portion (274A) may be spaced apart from the outer surface of a side portion (e.g., 51B, 51D) of the sensor base (270) and may not include an opening that opens to the outer surface of the side portion (51B, 51D).

For example, the second mounting portion (274B) may be formed to be adjacent to or in contact with another one (e.g., 216D) of the protrusions (216A to 216D) of the sensor base (270). For example, the second mounting portion (274B) may be a groove formed on an upper surface of the sensor base (270) adjacent to the fourth protrusion (216D) of the sensor base (270). For example, the second mounting portion (274B) may include an opening that opens from an outer surface of a side (e.g., 51B, 51C) adjacent to the fourth protrusion (216D) of the sensor base (270). In another embodiment, the second mounting portion (274B) may be spaced apart from the outer surface of the side portion (e.g., 51B, 51C) of the sensor base (270) and may not include an opening that opens to the outer surface of the side portion (51B, 51C).

In another embodiment, the mounting portion (274) of the sensor base (270) may be formed at a position corresponding to the position where the coil (230) is placed.

In another embodiment, the mounting portions (274A, 274B) may be in the form of through holes. For example, at least one of the first and second mounting portions (274A, 274B) may be a hole or through hole penetrating the sensor base (270) in the optical axis direction. In this case, a part of the sensor base (270) may not be interposed between the coil (230) and the magnet (310), and thus, the electromagnetic force between the magnet (310) and the coil (230) may increase. In addition, since a part of the sensor base (270) may not be interposed between the position sensor (240) and the magnet (310), the output of the position sensor (240) may be increased, and the sensitivity of the position sensor (240) may be improved. In addition, since a part of the sensor base (270) is not interposed between the position sensor (240) and the magnet (310), the height of the camera device may be reduced.

In another embodiment, the anchoring portion (274A, 274B) may be in the form of an escape portion that avoids spatial interference with the entire coil (230).

The sensor base (270) may include a groove (29) in which at least a portion (e.g., a protrusion (65)) of the tilting guide portion (60) is placed or received. The groove (29) may be formed on the lower surface of the sensor base (270). For example, the groove (29) may be recessed from the lower surface of the sensor base (270). The number of grooves (29) may be the same as the number of protrusions (65) of the tilting guide portion (60).

For example, the home (29) may include two grooves (29A, 29B) that are spaced apart from each other. For example, the two grooves (29A, 29B) may be arranged spaced apart from each other in the first axis direction (see FIG. 16a). For example, the extension (217) of the sensor base (270) may be arranged between the two grooves (29A, 29B) of the sensor base (270).

The groove (29) can contact the projection (65) of the tilting guide part (60) at at least one point. For example, the groove (29) can include a bottom surface and at least one side surface connected to the bottom surface. At least one side surface can be an inclined surface. For example, the groove (29) can include a bottom surface and a plurality of inclined surfaces. The shapes of the inclined surfaces of the groove (29) can be the same as each other. In another embodiment, at least one of the inclined surfaces of the groove (29) can have a different shape from the others.

Referring to FIG. 7A, a groove (212A) may be formed in the protrusion (216) of the sensor base (270) into which at least a portion of the first substrate (801) of the circuit board (800) is inserted or placed. For example, a corner of the first substrate (801) may be inserted into or coupled with the groove (212A) of the protrusion (216) of the sensor base (270). For example, the groove (212A) may be formed on a side of the protrusion (216) facing the corner of the circuit board (800). In addition, a groove (83) may be formed in at least one corner of the circuit board (800) to be inserted into or coupled with the groove (212A) of the protrusion (216). The groove (212A) of the protrusion (216) of the sensor base (270) can serve as a defect guide for combining the first substrate (801) and the sensor base (270), and can serve to prevent the first substrate (801) from rotating or being separated from the sensor base (270).

The circuit board (800) may be placed, coupled, or fixed to the sensor base (270). For example, the circuit board (800) may be coupled to the sensor base (270) by an adhesive or a fixing member.

The circuit board (800) may be placed, coupled, or fixed to the body (270A) of the sensor base (270). The circuit board (800) may include at least one of a rigid printed circuit board (Rigid PCB), a flexible printed circuit board (Flexible PCB), and a RigidFlexible printed circuit board (RigidFlexible PCB). For example, the circuit board (800) may include a rigid printed circuit board and a flexible printed circuit board. The circuit board (800) may also be expressed as a “board portion,” a “board,” or a “printed circuit board.”

For example, the circuit board (800) may include a first substrate (801) (or “first region”) that is positioned, coupled, or fixed to the sensor base (270). For example, the first substrate (801) may be positioned, coupled, or fixed to the body (270A) of the sensor base (270). For example, the lower surface of the first substrate (801) may be coupled to the upper surface of the sensor base (270) or the upper surface of the body (270A). For example, the lower surface of the first substrate (801) may be coupled to the upper surface of the sensor base (270) or the upper surface of the body (270A) by an adhesive.

The circuit board (800) may include a second substrate (802) (or “second region”) connected to the first substrate (801) and positioned, coupled, or secured to the holder (140). For example, the second substrate (802) may be positioned, coupled, or secured to the first side (41A) of the holder (140).

In FIG. 7a, the circuit board (800) includes one second substrate, but in other embodiments, the circuit board (800) may include a plurality of second substrates positioned on at least one of the sides of the holder (140).

For example, the second substrate (802) may be connected to the first side of the first substrate (801). For example, the second substrate (802) may be folded from the first side of the first substrate (801) toward the first side (41A) of the holder (140). For example, the second substrate (802) may extend upward from the first substrate (801).

The circuit board (800) may include a third substrate (803) on which a connector (805) is arranged or provided, and a fourth substrate (804) that connects the first substrate (802) and the third substrate (803).

For example, the first substrate (801) may be a rigid printed circuit board. For example, the second substrate (802) may be a flexible printed circuit board. For example, the third substrate (803) may be a rigid printed circuit board. For example, the fourth substrate (804) may be a flexible printed circuit board.

For example, a rigid printed circuit board may include a plurality of conductive layers (or circuit patterns) spaced apart from each other in the optical axis direction and an insulating layer disposed between two adjacent conductive layers among the plurality of conductive layers. For example, a flexible circuit board may include one conductive layer (or circuit pattern), a first insulating layer disposed on the conductive layer, and a second insulating layer disposed under the conductive layer. In another embodiment, the flexible circuit board may include a first conductive layer, a second conductive layer, and a first insulating layer disposed between the first and second conductive layers, a second insulating layer disposed on the first conductive layer, and a third insulating layer disposed under the second conductive layer.

The image sensor (810) may be placed on the first substrate (801). The image sensor (810) may be placed corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping the lens module (400) or/and the filter (610) in the optical axis direction. For example, the image sensor (810) may be placed on the upper surface of the circuit board (800). For example, the image sensor (810) may be placed on the upper surface of the first substrate (801).

The image sensor (810) may include a sensor surface for detecting light. For example, the sensor surface may include an imaging area. Here, the imaging area may be expressed as an effective area, a light-receiving area, or an active area. For example, the imaging area may include a plurality of pixels on which an image is formed. The imaging area may correspond to, face, or overlap the lens module (400) or/and the filter (610) in the optical axis direction.

The image sensor (810) may be conductively or electrically connected to the first substrate (801). For example, the image sensor (810) may be conductively connected to the first substrate (801) by a conductive member, such as a wire (not shown). For example, the first substrate (801) of the circuit board (800) may include at least one pad or terminal (not shown) conductively connected to a wire conductively connected to the image sensor (810). For example, the pad or terminal conductively connected to the wire may be disposed on an upper surface of the first substrate (801).

The camera device (200) may include a circuit element (815) disposed on a first substrate (801). For example, the circuit element (815) may include at least one of a passive element (e.g., a capacitor or a resistor), an active element (e.g., a sensor, a memory, a driver IC), or a circuit pattern. For example, in order to avoid spatial interference with the image sensor (810), the circuit element (815) may be disposed between the image sensor (810) and an edge (e.g., a side) of the first substrate (801).

The camera device (200) may include a control unit (830) disposed on a circuit board (800). For example, the control unit (830) may be a driver IC. For example, the control unit (830) may be disposed on a first substrate (801). For example, the control unit (830) may be disposed below the first substrate (801). For example, the control unit (830) may be disposed, coupled, or fixed to a lower surface of the first substrate (801). For example, the control unit (830) may be conductively or electrically connected to the first substrate (801).

For example, the control unit (830) may be conductively or electrically connected to the coil (120) and may supply a driving signal to the first coil (120). The control unit (830) may be conductively or electrically connected to the coil units (230A, 230B) of the coil (230), may supply a first driving signal to the first coil unit (230A), and may supply a second driving signal to the second coil unit (230B).

The control unit (830) may be conductively or electrically connected to the position sensor (170). Additionally, the control unit (830) may be conductively or electrically connected to the position sensor (240).

For example, the control unit (830) can receive an output signal of the position sensor (170) and control a driving signal (e.g., driving current) supplied to the coil (120) using the output signal of the position sensor (170).

For example, the control unit (830) can receive an output signal of the position sensor (240) and control a driving signal (e.g., a driving current) supplied to the coil (230) using the output signal of the position sensor (240). For example, the control unit (830) can receive an output signal of the first sensor (240A) and control a first driving signal (e.g., a first driving current) supplied to the first coil unit (230A) using the output signal of the first sensor (240A). In addition, the control unit (830) can receive an output signal of the second sensor (240B) and control a second driving signal (e.g., a second driving current) supplied to the second coil unit (230B) using the output signal of the second sensor (240B).

The coils (120, 230) may be placed, coupled, or secured to the circuit board (800). For example, the coil (120) may be conductively or electrically connected to the circuit board (800) (e.g., the second substrate (802)) by a conductive adhesive or solder. For example, the coil (230) may be conductively or electrically connected to the circuit board (800) (e.g., the first substrate (801)) by a conductive adhesive or solder.

The first coil unit (230A) and the second coil unit (230B) may be disposed or coupled to the first substrate (801) and may be conductively or electrically connected to the first substrate (801). Referring to FIG. 7B, for example, the first coil unit (230A) and the second coil unit (230B) may be disposed, coupled, or fixed to the lower surface of the first substrate (801). For example, the first coil unit (230A) and the second coil unit (230B) may be disposed between the first substrate (801) and the sensor base (270).

For example, the first and second coil units (230A, 230B) may be arranged adjacent to two adjacent corners of the four corners of the first substrate (801). For example, for diagonal driving, the first coil unit (230A) may be arranged adjacent to one corner of the first substrate (801) corresponding to the protrusion (216C) of the sensor base (270) (or one corner of the sensor base (270)), and the second coil unit (230B) may be arranged adjacent to the other corner of the first substrate (801) corresponding to the protrusion (216D) of the sensor base (270) (or one other corner of the sensor base (270)). For example, the first coil unit (230A) may be positioned adjacent to the protrusion (216C) of the sensor base (270), and the second coil unit (230B) may be positioned adjacent to the protrusion (216D) of the sensor base (270).

In another embodiment, the first and second coil units (230A, 230B) may be arranged adjacent to two adjacent sides of the four sides of the first substrate (801).

The coil (120) can move the AF moving part (e.g., bobbin) in the optical axis direction by interaction with the magnet (130). The coil (120) can be placed in the holder (140).

The coil (120) may be arranged to correspond to, face, or overlap the magnet (130) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. For example, the coil (120) may be arranged in the holder (140) to correspond to, face, or overlap the magnet (130) in a second direction (e.g., X-axis direction) or in a direction from the first side (41A) of the holder (140) to the second side (41B). For example, the coil (120) may be arranged in the first side (41A) of the housing (130). The coil (120) may be arranged in the mounting portion (142A) of the holder (140).

For example, the coil (120) may include a hollow or a hole. For example, the coil (120) may have a ring shape or a closed curve shape. For example, the coil (120) may have a ring shape wound around a straight line that is perpendicular to the optical axis (OA) and perpendicular to the outer surface of the first side (41A) of the holder (140). For example, the coil (120) may have a ring shape in which the length in the horizontal direction (or the third direction) is longer than the length in the vertical direction (or the optical axis direction).

A driving signal may be applied to the coil (120) to generate an electromagnetic force by electromagnetic interaction with the magnet (130). For example, a driving signal may be applied to the coil (120) from the circuit board (800) or the control unit (830). At this time, the driving signal supplied to the coil (120) may be a direct current, and may be in the form of a voltage or current. Or, in another embodiment, for example, the driving signal provided to the coil (120) may include at least one of a direct current signal and an alternating current signal.

A coil (120) supplied with a driving signal can electromagnetically interact with a magnet (130) arranged on a bobbin (110), and an AF moving part can move in a first direction by an electromagnetic force resulting from the electromagnetic interaction between the coil (120) and the magnet (130). By controlling the size and/or direction of a driving signal (e.g., driving current) by a control unit (830), the movement of the AF moving part in the first direction can be controlled, and thereby an auto-focusing function can be performed.

For AF feedback driving, the camera device (200) may include a position sensor (170). The position sensor (170) may detect the position or displacement of the bobbin (110) in the optical axis direction. For example, the position sensor (170) may detect a magnet (130) arranged on the bobbin (110). In another embodiment, a sensing magnet opposite to the position sensor (170) may be arranged on the bobbin separately from the magnet (130), and the position sensor (170) may detect the displacement of the bobbin by detecting the sensing magnet or the magnetic field of the sensing magnet.

For example, the position sensor (170) may be placed in the holder (140). For example, the position sensor (170) may be placed in the first side (41A) of the holder (140). For example, the position sensor (170) may be placed in the mounting portion (142A) of the holder (140). For example, the position sensor (170) may be placed in the hollow of the coil (120). In other embodiments, the position sensor (170) may be placed outside the hollow of the coil (120).

For example, the position sensor (170) may be coupled to the circuit board (800). For example, the position sensor (170) may be coupled to the circuit board (800) by a conductive adhesive or solder. For example, the position sensor (170) may be conductively or electrically connected to the second substrate (802). For example, the position sensor (170) may be conductively or electrically connected to the second substrate (802) by a conductive adhesive or solder.

For example, the position sensor (170) may be placed, coupled, or fixed to the first surface of the second substrate (802). For example, the position sensor (170) may correspond to, face, or overlap the magnet (130) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis or in the second direction.

The position sensor (170) can detect displacement of the bobbin (110) in the optical axis direction. For example, the position sensor (170) can detect the magnetic field or the strength of the magnetic field of the magnet (130) mounted on the bobbin (110) according to the movement of the bobbin (110), and output an output signal.

For example, the position sensor (170) may be a Hall sensor. At this time, the position sensor (170) may include two input terminals to which a driving signal is applied and two output terminals to which an output signal is output. The circuit board (800) may be conductively or electrically connected to the two input terminals and the two output terminals of the position sensor (170). The circuit board (800) or the control unit (830) may supply the driving signal to the two input terminals of the position sensor (170), and the output signal output from the two output terminals of the position sensor (170) may be transmitted to the circuit board (800) or the control unit (830).

In another embodiment, the position sensor (170) may be implemented in the form of a driver IC including a Hall sensor. For example, when the position sensor (170) is a driver IC including a Hall sensor, the position sensor (170) may transmit and receive data with the outside world using data communication using a protocol, for example, I2C communication.

For example, if the position sensor (170) is a driver IC including a Hall sensor, the position sensor (170) may include first and second terminals to which power or a driving signal is input, a third terminal for a clock signal, a fourth terminal for a data signal, and fifth and sixth terminals for supplying a driving signal to the coil (120). The first to sixth terminals of the position sensor (170) may be conductively or electrically connected to the circuit board (800).

The coil (230) can tilt the OIS moving part or rotate it by a preset angle about the first or second axis by interaction with the magnet (310) placed in the housing (210), which is a fixed part.

The coil (230) may be opposite, opposite, or overlapping with the magnet (310) in the direction of the optical axis. The coil (230) may include a first coil unit (230A) opposite, or overlapping with the first magnet unit (310A) in the direction of the optical axis, and a second coil unit (230B) opposite, or overlapping with the second magnet unit (310B) in the direction of the optical axis. For example, the coil (230) may not overlap with the magnet (310) in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis.

For example, the coil (230) may be positioned lower than the coil (120). For example, the first coil unit (230A) may be positioned within the first mounting portion (274A) of the sensor base (270), and the second coil unit (230B) may be positioned within the second mounting portion (274B) of the sensor base (270).

For example, each of the first and second coil units (230A, 230B) may include a hollow or a hole. For example, each of the first and second coil units (230A, 230B) may have a ring shape or a closed curve shape. For example, each of the first coil unit (230A) and the second coil unit (230B) may have a ring shape that is wound around a straight line that is parallel to the optical axis (OA) and perpendicular to the upper surface of the sensor base (270) or the upper surface of the body (270A).

For example, referring to FIG. 16A, the first coil unit (230A) may be a ring shape in which the length in the transverse direction (or the direction parallel to the second axis) is longer than the length in the vertical direction (or the direction parallel to the first axis). For example, the second coil unit (230B) may be a ring shape in which the length in the vertical direction (e.g., the direction parallel to the first axis) is longer than the length in the transverse direction (or the direction parallel to the second axis).

For OIS feedback driving, the camera device (200) may include a position sensor (240). The position sensor (240) may detect displacement or angular displacement of the OIS moving unit (100) according to tilting or rotation of the OIS moving unit (100). The position sensor (240) may detect a magnetic field of the magnet (310).

For example, the position sensor (240) may include a first sensor (240A) and a second sensor (240B). For example, at least a portion of the first sensor (240A) may correspond to, face, or overlap the first magnet unit (310A) in the optical axis direction. For example, the center of the first sensor (240A) may overlap the first magnet unit (310A) in the optical axis direction. For example, the first sensor (240A) may detect the first magnet unit (310A) (or the magnetic field of the first magnet unit (310A)). For example, the first sensor (240A) may detect a tilted angle with respect to the second axis of the OIS moving unit (100). In other embodiments, the first sensor (240A) may not overlap the first and second magnet units (310A, 310B) in the optical axis direction.

At least a portion of the second sensor (240B) may correspond to, face, or overlap the second magnet unit (310B) in the optical axis direction. For example, the center of the second sensor (240B) may overlap the second magnet unit (310B) in the optical axis direction. For example, the second sensor (240B) may detect the second magnet unit (310B) (or the magnetic field of the second magnet unit (310B)). For example, the second sensor (240A) may detect the angle at which the OIS moving part (100) is tilted with respect to the first axis. In other embodiments, the second sensor (240B) may not overlap the second magnet unit (310B) in the optical axis direction.

For example, the first and second sensors (240A, 240B) may be placed, coupled, or fixed to the first substrate (801) of the circuit board (800). For example, the first and second sensors (240A, 240B) may be conductively or electrically connected to the first substrate (801).

For example, the first sensor (240A) may be placed within the hollow (or hole) of the first coil unit (230A), and the second sensor (240B) may be placed within the hollow (or hole) of the second coil unit (230B). In another embodiment, the first sensor (240A) may be placed outside the hollow (or hole) of the first coil unit (230A), and the second sensor (240B) may be placed outside the hollow (or hole) of the second coil unit (230B).

For example, the first sensor (240A) and the second sensor (240B) may each be a Hall sensor including first and second input terminals and first and second output terminals. For example, the first and second input terminals and the first and second output terminals of the first sensor (240A) may be conductively or electrically connected to the first substrate (801), and the first and second input terminals and the first and second output terminals of the second sensor (240B) may be conductively or electrically connected to the first substrate (801).

For example, the first substrate (801) or the control unit (830) can supply or apply a first driving signal to the first and second input terminals of the first sensor (240A). The first sensor (240A) can output a first output signal, and the first output signal can be transmitted to the first substrate (801) or the control unit (830). The first output signal can be output to the first and second output terminals of the first sensor (240A).

For example, the first substrate (801) or the control unit (830) can supply or apply a second driving signal to the first and second input terminals of the second sensor (240B). The second sensor (240B) can output a second output signal, and the second output signal can be transmitted to the first substrate (801) or the control unit (830). The second output signal can be output to the first and second output terminals of the second sensor (240B).

The control unit (830) can control the first driving signal supplied to the first coil unit (230A) and the second driving signal supplied to the second coil unit (230B) using the first output signal of the first sensor (240A) and the output signal of the second sensor (240B).

In another embodiment, each of the first sensor (240A) and the second sensor (240B) may be a driver IC including a Hall sensor. The description of the embodiment in which the position sensor (170) is a driver IC including a Hall sensor may be applied or analogically applied to the embodiment in which the first and second sensors (240A, 240B) are driver ICs including Hall sensors.

The camera device (200) may include a magnetic body (82) disposed opposite at least one of the coil (120) and the magnet (130). For example, the magnetic body (82) may be disposed on the holder (140) or the second substrate (802) of the circuit board (800). For example, the magnetic body (82) may be disposed opposite, opposite, or overlapping the magnet (130) in a second direction. Also, for example, the magnetic body (82) may be disposed opposite, opposite, or overlapping the coil (120) in the second direction. For example, the coil (120) may be disposed on a first surface of the second substrate (802) facing the magnet (130), and the magnetic body (82) may be disposed on a second surface of the second substrate (802) that is opposite to the first surface of the second substrate (802). The magnet (82) can be bonded, attached, or fixed to the second substrate (802) by an adhesive.

The camera device (200) may include a heat dissipation member (not shown) coupled with at least one of the circuit board (800) or the sensor base (270). For example, the heat dissipation member may be disposed under the circuit board (800). For example, the heat dissipation member (280) may be disposed between the circuit board (800) and the sensor base (270). The heat dissipation member may be a plate-shaped member having a preset thickness and hardness. In addition, the heat dissipation member may release heat generated from a heat source of the circuit board (800) to the outside and improve heat dissipation efficiency. For example, the heat dissipation member may be a metal material or a metal plate.

Referring to FIGS. 10A and 10B , the housing (210) may include a cavity for accommodating the OIS moving unit (100). For example, the housing (210) may have a shape corresponding to the OIS moving unit (100), for example, the holder (140) or the sensor base (270), for example, a polygon (for example, a square or an octagon) or a circle (or an oval), but is not limited thereto and may have various shapes. The housing (210) may be expressed as a “base” or a “frame” instead.

The housing (210) may include a plurality of sides (71A to 71D) corresponding to the sides (41A to 41D) of the holder (140) or the sides (51A to 51D) of the sensor base (270). The housing (210) may include a corner positioned between two adjacent sides.

Additionally, the housing (210) may include a lower portion (42) (or lower plate) positioned below the sides (71A to 71D). The lower portion (42) may be connected to the lower sides of the sides (71A to 71D). For example, the lower portion (42) may be expressed as a “bottom portion,” a “bottom surface,” or a “body.” For example, the sides (71A to 71D) may protrude upward from the lower portion (42).

The housing (210) may include a first side (71A) corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping the first side (41A) of the holder (140), a second side (71B) corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping the second side (41B) of the holder (140), a third side (71C) corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping the third side (41C) of the holder (140), and a fourth side (71D) corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping the fourth side (41D) of the holder (140).

The first side (71A) (or the first side or the first outer side) of the housing (210) may be positioned opposite the second side (71B) (or the second side or the second outer side) of the housing (210), and the third side (71C) (or the third side or the third outer side) of the housing (210) may be positioned opposite the fourth side (71D) (or the fourth side or the fourth outer side) of the housing (210). For example, each of the first to fourth sides (71A to 71D) of the housing (210) may be positioned parallel to a corresponding one of the side plates (302) of the cover member (300).

The housing (210) may include a step (411) disposed on the lower portion of at least one of the sides (71A to 71D). For example, the step (411) may protrude in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis from an outer surface of the side (71A to 71D) of the housing (210). For example, the step (411) may face or overlap the side plate (302) of the cover member (300) in the direction of the optical axis. For example, the step (411) may be joined to the side plate (302) of the cover member (300) by an adhesive.

The housing (210) may include a mounting portion (141A, 141B) for placing a magnet (310). For example, the mounting portion (141A, 141B) may be a groove-shaped portion formed in the lower portion (42) of the housing (210). In another embodiment, the mounting portion (141A, 141B) may be a through hole penetrating the lower portion (42) of the housing (210).

The housing (210) may include a first mounting portion (141A) for mounting a first magnet unit (310A) and a second mounting portion (141B) for mounting a second magnet unit (310B). For example, the first mounting portion (141A) may be mounted or formed in a first region of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210) adjacent to any one of the four corners of the housing (210). For example, the any one corner of the housing (210) may be a corner corresponding to or adjacent to a protrusion (216C) of the sensor base (270).

For example, the second fixing portion (141B) may be positioned or formed in a second area of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210) adjacent to another corner of the four corners of the housing (210). For example, the other corner of the housing (210) may be a corner corresponding to or adjacent to a protrusion (216D) of the sensor base (270).

In another embodiment, the first and second mounting portions may be positioned at positions corresponding to positions where the coil units (230A, 230B) and the magnet units (310A, 310B) are positioned. For example, in another embodiment, the first mounting portion may be formed adjacent to the first side (or the second side) of the housing (210), and the second mounting portion may be formed adjacent to the third side (or the fourth side) of the housing (210).

The magnet (310) may be placed or coupled to the housing (140). For example, the magnet (310) may include a first magnet unit (310A) and a second magnet unit (310B) placed at the lower portion (42) of the housing (210). For example, the magnet (310) may be placed below the coil (230).

*185For example, the first magnet unit (310A) may be arranged to correspond to, face, or overlap the first coil unit (230A) in the optical axis direction. The second magnet unit (310B) may be arranged to correspond to, face, or overlap the second coil unit (230B) in the optical axis direction.

For example, the first magnet unit (310A) and the second magnet unit (310B) may be arranged misaligned in the first axis direction (or the direction parallel to the first axis) or the second axis direction (or the direction parallel to the second axis). For example, when viewed from above or in the optical axis direction, the first magnet unit (310A) and the second magnet unit (310B) may be arranged in the housing (210) so as not to overlap each other in the direction parallel to the first axis or the direction parallel to the second axis. For example, the first magnet unit (310A) and the second magnet unit (310B) may be arranged in the lower portion (42) of the housing (210) so as not to overlap each other in the direction parallel to the first axis or the direction parallel to the second axis.

In other embodiments, the first magnet unit and the second magnet unit may be arranged to be misaligned in the first horizontal direction (or X-axis direction) or the second horizontal direction (or Y-axis direction). For example, in other embodiments, when viewed from above, the first magnet unit may be arranged to overlap the first horizontal axis (or X-axis), and the second magnet unit may be arranged to overlap the second horizontal axis (or X-axis).

Each of the first magnet unit (310A) and the second magnet unit (310B) may be a two-pole magnet including one N pole and one S pole. For example, each of the first magnet unit (310A) and the second magnet unit (310B) may be a magnet in which the N pole and the S pole are separated or arranged in the optical axis direction. For example, the N pole (or S pole) of each of the first magnet unit (310A) and the second magnet unit (310B) may be located above the S pole (or N pole).

For example, the first surface of the magnet (310) facing or opposing the coil (230) in the direction of the optical axis may be a south pole (or north pole). And the second surface, which is the opposite surface of the first surface of the magnet (310), may be a north pole (or south pole).

In the embodiments of FIGS. 2A and 2B, the coil (230) and the magnet (310) face each other in the optical axis direction, but in other embodiments, the coil (230) and the magnet (310) may be arranged to face each other in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction (e.g., a second direction or a third direction). In this case, the magnet units (310A, 310B) may be arranged on two adjacent sides (71A to 71D) of the housing (210), and the coil units (230A, 230B) may be arranged on the moving part (e.g., the holder (140)) to face the magnet units (310A, 310B) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction. At this time, the circuit board (800) may be connected to the first board (801) and may include an additional board (or extension region) for arranging the coil units (230A, 230B). Also, in another embodiment, the position sensor (240) may be arranged on two sides of the housing (210) together with the coil (230), and may be arranged or coupled to the additional board (or extension region) of the circuit board (800) and electrically connected thereto. In another embodiment, the magnet units (310A, 310B) may be arranged on two adjacent corners of the housing (210).

Referring to FIG. 10A and FIG. 16A, the camera device (200) may include a yoke (380) disposed on the magnet (310). The yoke (380) may reduce or suppress leakage flux of the magnet (310), increase an electromagnetic force between the magnet (310) and the coil (230), and improve a driving force for driving the OIS. The yoke (380) may be made of a material that is attracted to a magnet. For example, the yoke (380) may be made of a metal material. Or, for example, the yoke (380) may be made of a magnetic metal material. Or, for example, the yoke (380) may be a magnetic body, for example, a magnet.

The yoke (380) may be disposed in the housing (210). For example, the yoke (380) may be disposed between the housing (210) and the magnet (310). For example, the yoke (380) may be disposed within the mounting portion (141A, 141B) of the housing (210). For example, the yoke (380) may face the magnet (310) or the coil (230). For example, the yoke (380) may be disposed on a second surface (e.g., a lower surface) of the magnet (310) that is located opposite a first surface (e.g., an upper surface) of the magnet (310) that faces the coil (230). The yoke (380) may be in contact with or attached to the magnet (310). For example, the yoke (380) may be attached to the magnet (310).

For example, the yoke (380) may be coupled to the housing (210) by an insert injection molding method. When the yoke (380) and the housing (210) are coupled by an insert injection molding method, at least a portion of the yoke (380) is positioned inside the housing (210) and at least another portion of the yoke (380) is exposed from the housing (210) and may be coupled or attached to the magnet (310).

In another embodiment, the yoke (380) may be positioned within the mounting portions (141A, 141B) of the housing (210) by an adhesive. The yoke (380) may include a first yoke (380A) positioned within the first magnet unit (310A) and a second yoke (380B) positioned within the second magnet unit (310B). For example, the first yoke (380A) may be positioned within the first mounting portion (141A) of the housing (210), and the second yoke (380B) may be positioned within the second mounting portion (141B) of the housing (210). Since the magnet (310) can be attached to the yoke (380), when assembling the magnet (310) to the housing (210), the assembling ability between the magnet (310) and the housing (210) can be improved or the assembling between the magnet (310) and the housing (210) can be made easy.

In another embodiment, each of the first magnet unit (310A) and the second magnet unit (310B) may be a magnet that is divided or arranged into one N pole and one S pole in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction. In another embodiment, each of the first magnet unit (310A) and the second magnet unit (310B) may be a magnet including two N poles and two S poles. An electromagnetic force may be generated between the first and second magnet units (310A, 310B) and the first and second coil units (230A, 230B), and the OIS moving part may be tilted about the first axis or the second axis by the generated electromagnetic force.

In another embodiment, the position of the magnet (310) and the position of the coil (230) of FIG. 6 may be swapped. For example, the magnet (310) may be placed on the moving part (100) (e.g., the sensor base (270)), and the coil (230) may be placed on the fixed part (e.g., the housing (210)). In addition, the yoke of FIG. 16A may be placed on the sensor base (270) at this time. For example, the yoke may be placed on the upper surface of the magnet (310). A camera device according to another embodiment may include a circuit board (e.g., a “second circuit board”) that is provided separately from a circuit board (800) (e.g., a “first circuit board”) and placed on a fixed part (e.g., a housing (210)). And the coil (230) may be placed on or coupled to the second circuit board. The coil (230) may be conductively or electrically connected to the second circuit board. For example, the second circuit board may be disposed under the housing (210). The coil (230) may be disposed in the mounting portion (141) of the housing (140), and at this time, the mounting portion (141) may be a through hole penetrating the lower portion (42) of the housing (140). The position sensor (240) may be disposed or coupled to the second circuit board. For example, the first sensor (240A) may be disposed in the hollow of the first coil unit (230A), and the second sensor (240B) may be disposed in the hollow of the second coil unit (230B). The position sensor (240) may be conductively or electrically connected to the second circuit board. A camera device according to another embodiment may include a control unit (830) (referred to as a “first control unit”) and a separate control unit (referred to as a “second control unit”). The second control unit may be disposed on the second circuit board. The second control unit may be electrically or conductively connected to the second circuit board. For example, the second control unit may be a driver IC. For example, the second control unit may be disposed, coupled, or fixed to a first surface of the second circuit board. The first surface of the second circuit board may be a surface facing the magnet (310) or the OIS moving unit, for example, the lens module. The second coil (230) may be disposed on the first surface of the second circuit board. The second control unit may be electrically or conductively connected to the coil (230). It may supply a driving signal to the coil (230). For example, the second control unit may be electrically connected to the coil units (230A, 230B), supply a first driving signal to the first coil unit (230A), and supply a second driving signal to the second coil unit (230B). The second control unit may be conductively or electrically connected to the position sensor (240). For example, the second control unit may supply power or a driving signal to the position sensor (240). For example, the second control unit may supply power or a driving signal to each of the first sensor (240A) and the second sensor (240B). The control unit (835) may receive an output signal of the position sensor (240) and control a driving signal (e.g., a driving current) supplied to the coil (230) using the output signal of the position sensor (240). For example, the second control unit may receive an output signal of the first sensor (240A) and control a first driving signal (e.g., a first driving current) supplied to the first coil unit (230A) using the output signal of the first sensor (240A). In addition, the second control unit can receive the output signal of the second sensor (240B) and control the second driving signal (e.g., the second driving current) supplied to the second coil unit (230B) using the output signal of the second sensor (240B). The second circuit board can include a terminal portion. The terminal portion can include a plurality of terminals. For example, the plurality of terminals of the second circuit board can be exposed from the side plate (302) of the cover member (300). At least one of the plurality of terminals can be conductively or electrically connected to the second control unit.

In addition, a second circuit board according to another embodiment may include a first substrate disposed in a housing (210) and a second substrate (or an extension substrate) extending from the first substrate. A connector may be provided on the second substrate. A second circuit board according to another embodiment may omit a terminal portion, and the second control portion may be conductively or electrically connected to the connector of the second circuit board. Or, in another embodiment, the second control portion may be omitted, and the coil (230) or the position sensor (240) may be conductively or electrically connected to the connector of the second circuit board. The connector of the second circuit board may be coupled or connected to another connector external to the camera device (200) or an external device. The connector of the second circuit board connected to another external connector may correspond to a fixed portion that does not move when the OIS is driven.

The housing (210) may include a receiving portion (49A) for receiving or placing a magnetic body (31). The receiving portion (49A) may be placed or formed in the lower portion (42) of the housing (210). The receiving portion (49A) may be placed or formed on the upper surface of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210). For example, the receiving portion (49A) may be a groove that is recessed from the upper surface of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210). The receiving portion (49A) may have a shape corresponding to the magnetic body (31), for example, a square or a circle. For example, the receiving portion (49A) of the housing (210) may correspond to, face, or overlap the support member (64) or the magnetic body (33) in the optical axis direction.

Referring to FIG. 10b, the housing (210) may include a mounting portion (69) for accommodating at least a portion of the tilting guide portion (60) or for placing at least a portion of the tilting guide portion (60). For example, the mounting portion (69) may be a groove that is recessed from the bottom surface or the upper surface of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210).

For example, the fixing portion (69) may have a shape corresponding to or identical with the tilting guide portion (60). For example, the fixing portion (69) may include a bottom surface (69A) having a step from the upper surface of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210) in the direction of the optical axis, and a side surface (69B) connecting the bottom surface (69A) and the upper surface of the lower portion (42). The side surface (69B) may also be expressed as a “partition wall” or a “side wall.” For example, the bottom surface (69A) of the fixing portion (69) may be positioned lower than the upper surface of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210). In other embodiments, the fixing portion (69) may be omitted.

Referring to FIGS. 4A, 4B, 11, and 12, since a mounting portion (69) for inserting or arranging at least a portion of a tilting guide portion (60) is formed on the upper surface of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210), the lower portion (42) of the housing (210) may include a partition (69B) (or guide portion) arranged around the tilting guide portion (60). The tilting guide portion (60) may be spaced apart from the partition (69B) of the housing (210), and the partition (69B) may be arranged to surround the tilting guide portion (60). The tilting guide portion (60) may be prevented from being separated or detached from the housing (210) by the partition (272) of the housing (210). In another embodiment, at least a portion of the tilting guide portion (60) may be in contact with the bulkhead (69B) of the housing (210).

The housing (210) may include a portion (or “first portion (49)”) positioned between the magnetic body (31) and the magnetic body (33). For example, the housing (210) may include a coupling portion (49) that couples with the magnetic body (31). The coupling portion (49) may be positioned between the magnetic body (31) and the magnetic body (33).

For example, the coupling portion (49) may be a part of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210). For example, the coupling portion (49) may be a projection or a protrusion that protrudes from the lower portion (42) of the housing (140). For example, the coupling portion (49) may protrude from the upper surface of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210). Or, for example, the coupling portion (49) may protrude from the bottom surface (69A) of the mounting portion (69) of the housing (210). For example, the protruding length of the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210) may be greater than the depth of the mounting portion (60) of the housing (210). For example, the protruding length of the coupling portion (49) may be the distance (or the shortest distance) from the bottom surface (69A) of the mounting portion (69) to the upper surface (or top) of the coupling portion (49). In addition, the depth of the mounting portion (69) may be the distance (or the shortest distance) from the upper surface of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210) to the bottom surface (69A) of the mounting portion (69). In another embodiment, for example, the protruding length of the coupling portion (49) may be smaller than or equal to the depth of the mounting portion (69). For example, the coupling portion (49) may have a shape corresponding to or coinciding with the opening (60A) of the tilting guide portion (60).

For example, the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210) may correspond to, face, or overlap with the opening (60A) of the tilting guide portion (60) in the optical axis direction. For example, at least a portion of the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210) may be positioned within the opening (60A) of the tilting guide portion (60). Since at least a portion of the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210) is positioned within the opening (60A) of the tilting guide portion (60), the distance between the coupling portion (49) and the magnetic body (33) can be reduced, and thus the repulsive force between the magnetic body (31) positioned at the coupling portion (49) and the magnetic body (33) positioned at the OIS moving portion can be increased, thereby stably supporting the OIS moving portion.

For example, the receiving portion (49A) may be positioned or formed in the joining portion (49) of the housing (210). For example, the receiving portion (49A) may be a groove that is sunken from the upper surface of the joining portion (49) of the housing (210).

For example, when viewed in the direction of the optical axis or when viewed from above, the coupling portion (49) may be positioned between the grooves (55A, 55B) of the housing (210). For example, the coupling portion (49) may be positioned between the protrusions (66A, 66B) of the tilting guide portion (60). For example, the coupling portion (49) (or the magnetic body (31)) may overlap the protrusions (66A, 66B) of the tilting guide portion (60) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis.

For example, at least a portion of the first magnet unit (310A) may correspond to, face, or overlap the tilting guide portion (60) in a direction parallel to the first axis. Additionally, at least a portion of the second magnet unit (310B) may correspond to, face, or overlap the tilting guide portion (60) in a direction parallel to the second axis.

The housing (210) may include a groove (55) in which at least a portion of the protrusion (66) of the tilting guide portion (60) is disposed or for receiving at least a portion of the protrusion (66). The groove (55) of the housing (210) may be formed on an upper surface of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210). For example, the groove (55) may be recessed from an upper surface of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210). For example, the groove (55) may be formed on a bottom surface (69A) of the mounting portion (69) of the housing (210). For example, the groove (55) may be recessed from a bottom surface (69A) of the mounting portion (69) of the housing (210). The number of grooves (55) of the housing (210) may be the same as the number of protrusions (66) of the tilting guide portion (60).

For example, the home (55) may include two grooves (55A, 55B) that are spaced apart from each other. For example, the two grooves (55A, 55B) may be arranged spaced apart from each other in the second axial direction. For example, the direction in which the two grooves (55A, 55B) of the housing (210) are spaced apart and the direction in which the two grooves (29A, 29B) of the sensor base (270) are spaced apart may intersect or be perpendicular to each other. For example, the receiving portion (49A) may be arranged between the two grooves (55A, 55B) of the housing (210).

The groove (55) of the housing (210) can contact the protrusion (66) of the tilting guide portion (60) at at least one point. For example, the groove (55) can include a bottom surface and at least one side surface connected to the bottom surface. At least one side surface of the groove (55) can be an inclined surface. For example, the groove (55) can include a bottom surface and a plurality of inclined surfaces. The shapes of the inclined surfaces of the groove (55) can be the same as each other. In another embodiment, at least one of the inclined surfaces of the groove (55) can have a different shape from the others.

The housing (210) may include an opening (18) or “home” for placing or passing through at least a portion of the moving module (or tilting module). For example, the housing (210) may include an opening (18) for placing or passing through at least a portion of the sensor base (270). The opening (18) may be formed in the lower portion (42) of the fixed portion (e.g., the housing (210)).

Referring to FIG. 13, the fixed member (e.g., the housing (210)) may include a recessed portion (89) formed on a lower surface of a lower surface (42) of the fixed member. The recessed portion (89) may be recessed from the lower surface of the lower surface (42) of the housing (210). For example, the recessed portion (89) may include a bottom surface (89A) and a side surface (89B) positioned between the bottom surface (89A) and the lower surface of the lower surface (42). For example, the bottom surface (89A) may be a lower surface of the coupling member (49). For example, the opening (18) may be formed on the bottom surface (89A) of the recessed portion (89). At least a portion of the support member (64) may be disposed within the recessed portion (89) of the housing (210). For example, referring to FIG. 4f and FIG. 14b, the end of the extension (217) of the sensor base (270) may be positioned higher than the lower surface (42) of the lower surface of the housing (210). Additionally, the lower surface of the support member (64) may be positioned higher than the lower surface (42) of the lower surface of the housing (210).

In order for the support member (64) to be placed in the groove (89), the size of the groove (89) when viewed from below may be larger than the size of the support member (64). Alternatively, the area of the upper surface of the support member (64) may be smaller than the total area of the opening (18) of the fixed portion (housing (210)). In other embodiments, the groove (89) may be omitted.

The opening (18) may include a through hole penetrating the housing (210) in the direction of the optical axis. For example, the opening (18) may include a hole or a through hole penetrating the lower portion (42) of the housing (210). For example, the opening (18) may be arranged within the mounting portion (69). For example, the opening (18) may be formed in the bottom surface (69A) of the mounting portion (69). The opening (18) may include a hole penetrating the bottom surface (69A) of the mounting portion (69).

For example, the opening (18) may open to the lower surface (42) of the housing (210). For example, the opening (18) may include a first opening (18A) and a second opening (18B).

For example, when viewed from the top, the joint portion (49) may include a first opening (18A) (or first hole) located on one side (e.g., the right side (or upper side)) of the joint portion (49) and a second opening (18B) (or second hole) located on the other side (e.g., the left side (or lower side)) of the joint portion (49).

In the embodiments of FIGS. 4B, 10A, and 10B, the first opening (18A) and the second opening (18B) are connected to each other, but in other embodiments, the first opening and the second opening may be separated from each other or spaced apart from each other with the connecting portion (49) therebetween. The shapes of the first opening (18A) and the second opening (18B) may correspond to or be identical to the shape of the extension portion (217) of the sensor base (270). The opening (18) of the housing (210) may serve as an assembly passage for connecting the support member (64) with the extension portion (217) of the sensor base (270). Therefore, the size of the opening (18), for example, the diameter, may be larger than the size of the support member (64). In this case, the size of the support member (64) may be the length of the support member (64) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis (length in the horizontal or vertical direction).

The moving module (or tilting module) may be positioned within the opening (18) of the housing (210) or may include at least a portion (or “extension”) passing through the opening (18) of the housing (210). At least a portion (or extension) of the moving module (or tilting module) may be connected or coupled with the magnetic body (33). For example, at least a portion (or extension) of the moving module (or tilting module) may be connected or coupled with the support member (64).

Referring to FIG. 7d, for example, the sensor base (270) may include at least a portion (or “extension”) (217) disposed within the opening (18) of the housing (210) or passing through the opening (18) of the housing (210). The extension (217) of the sensor base (270) may extend or protrude from the lower or bottom surface of the sensor base (270). The extension (217) may also be expressed as a “protrusion,” a “guide,” a “coupling guide,” or a “coupling.”

The extension (217) may be connected or coupled with the magnet (33). For example, the connection (217) may be connected or coupled with the support member (64). For example, the sensor base (217) may include at least one protrusion (219) for coupling with the support member (64), and the support member (64) may include at least one groove (8), hole, or through-hole for coupling with the protrusion (219) of the sensor base (270). For example, the groove (8) may be formed on the upper surface of the support member (64).

The sensor base (270) may include two protrusions (219A, 219B), although in other embodiments the number of protrusions of the sensor base (270) may be one or three or more. The groove (8) of the support member (64) may include two grooves (8A, 8B), although in other embodiments the number of grooves (8) of the support member (64) may be equal to the number of protrusions of the sensor base (270). In yet other embodiments, the extension (217) of the sensor base (270) may include a protrusion, and the support member (64) may include a groove, hole, or aperture that corresponds to or engages with the protrusions of the extension (217).

At least a portion of the extension (217) may be positioned within the opening (18) of the housing (210). At least a portion of the extension (217) may be exposed from the opening (18) of the housing (210).

For example, the extension (217) may include a first extension (217A) corresponding to, opposite, or overlapping the first opening (18A) of the housing (210) and a second extension (217B) corresponding to, opposite, or overlapping the second opening (18B) of the housing (210). For example, at least a portion of the first extension (217A) may be positioned within or pass through the first opening (18A) of the housing (210). For example, at least a portion of the second extension (217B) may be positioned within or pass through the second opening (18B) of the housing (210).

At least a portion of the extension (217) may be arranged to surround at least a portion of the protrusion (219A, 219B). For example, at least a portion of the extension (217) may include a guide portion (9A, 9B) that surrounds at least a portion of the protrusion (219A, 219B). For example, the first extension (217A) may include a first guide portion (9A) that surrounds at least a portion of the first protrusion (219A). The second extension (217B) may include a second guide portion (9B) that surrounds at least a portion of the second protrusion (219B). For example, the guide portions (9A, 9B) may be arranged to surround at least a portion of the support member (64). For example, the first guide portion (9A) may be arranged to surround a portion of the support member (64), and the second guide portion (9B) may be arranged to surround another portion of the support member (64). The guide portion (9A, 9B) can guide the coupling of the support member (64) and the extension portion (217) of the sensor base (270). In another embodiment, the extension portion (217) may include a groove for placing or settling at least a portion of the support member (64).

The housing (210) may include a protrusion (215) that protrudes in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. For example, the protrusion (215) may protrude from a side of the housing (210).

For example, the protrusion (215) may protrude from the outer surface of the fourth side (71D) of the housing (210). For example, the protrusion (215) may be in a form in which at least a portion of the fourth side (71D) protrudes in a direction parallel to a straight line passing through the optical axis and perpendicular to the optical axis. For example, the protrusion (215) may include a groove (16A) (or cavity) for placing or receiving at least a portion of the fourth substrate (804). For example, the groove (16A) of the protrusion (215) may include an opening that opens upward.

Referring to FIG. 10A, a coupling groove (215A, 215B) may be formed in the groove (16A) of the protrusion (215) for inserting, coupling, or fixing the movement-restraining member (80). For example, the coupling grooves (215A, 215B) may be formed on two inner surfaces facing each other of the groove (16A) of the protrusion (215). For example, the coupling grooves (215A, 215B) may extend in the optical axis direction. For example, in order to easily insert or couple the movement-restraining member (80) from above, the coupling grooves (215A, 215B) may include an opening that opens to the upper surface of the protrusion (215).

The maximum length of the protrusion (215) in the optical axis direction may be smaller than the maximum length of the housing (210) in the optical axis direction. With this configuration, a space for the circuit board (800) to extend outward can be easily secured, and a compact camera device can be implemented.

The camera device (200) may include a movement restraining member (80) coupled with at least a portion of the housing (210). The movement restraining member (80) may restrain movement or motion of at least a portion of the fourth substrate (804) to restrain deformation of the shape of at least a portion of the fourth substrate (804).

Referring to FIGS. 7C, 8, and 11A, the fourth substrate (804) of the circuit board (800) may include a first portion (804A) (or “first region”) connected to the first substrate (801), a second portion (804B) connected to the first portion (804A) and bent from the first portion (804A), and a third portion (804C) connected to the second portion (804B) and bent from the second portion (804B). In other embodiments, at least one of the first portion (804A) and the second portion (804B) may be omitted.

For example, the first portion (804B) may extend in a direction parallel to the first substrate (801). For example, the second portion (804B) may be bent from the first portion (804B) and may extend upward from the first portion (804B). For example, the third portion (804C) may extend from the second portion (804B) in a direction opposite to the first portion (804A).

For example, the fourth substrate (804) may include a first fold (804D) connecting the first portion (804A) and the second portion (804B). The fourth substrate (804) may also include a second fold (804E) connecting the second portion (804B) and the third portion (804C). The first fold (804D) and the second fold (804E) may be angled, but for example, the first portion (804A) and the second portion (804B) may be vertical. In other embodiments, the first fold (804D) and the second fold (804E) may be rounded. In other embodiments, the interior angle between the first portion (804A) and the second portion (804B) may be acute or obtuse.

The length of the camera device (200) in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction can be prevented from increasing by the first bending portion (804D) and the second bending portion (804E). In addition, since the first bending portion (804D) and the second bending portion (804E) are positioned between the upper surface of the camera device (200) (e.g., the upper surface of the cover member (300)) and the lower surface of the camera device (200) (e.g., the lower surface of the housing (210)), the length of the camera device (200) can be prevented from increasing in the optical axis direction, thereby enabling miniaturization of the camera device.

For example, the third portion (804C) may be a plate or flat shape perpendicular to the optical axis. For example, the third portion (804C) may include a meandering shape or a serpentine shape. For example, the third portion (804C) may include at least one folded or curved region. For example, the folded or curved region of the third portion (804C) may be folded in a second direction or a third direction perpendicular to the optical axis. Alternatively, the folded or curved region of the third portion (804C) may extend in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. For example, when viewed from above, the third portion (804C) may include a region having a U- or V-shape.

For example, the third portion (804C) may be spaced apart from the housing (210). For example, the third portion (804C) may be spaced apart from the protrusion (215) of the housing (210). In other embodiments, for example, at least a portion of the third portion (804C) may be in contact with the protrusion (215) of the housing (210).

At least a portion of the second portion (804B) of the fourth substrate (804) may be positioned within the protrusion (215) of the housing (210). At least a portion of the second portion (804B) of the fourth substrate (804) may be positioned within the groove (16A) of the protrusion (215) of the housing (210). For example, at least a portion of the first portion (804A) of the fourth substrate (804) may be positioned within the groove (16A) of the protrusion (215) of the housing (140). The third portion (804B) of the fourth substrate (804) may be positioned outside the protrusion (215) of the housing (210). For example, the third portion (804B) of the fourth substrate (804) may be positioned above the protrusion (215) of the housing (210). The lower surface of the third portion (804B) of the fourth substrate (804) may be positioned above the upper surface of the protrusion (215) of the housing (210).

Referring to FIG. 7A, the sensor base (270) may include a groove (273) formed at a location corresponding to a portion where the fourth substrate (804) and the first substrate (801) meet or are connected, for example, a first portion (804A) of the fourth substrate (804). The groove (273) may be positioned adjacent to or in contact with an outer surface of the fourth side (51D) of the sensor base (270) on which the fourth substrate (804) is positioned. The groove (273) may serve to prevent the first portion (804A) of the fourth substrate (804) from being damaged by friction with the sensor base (270).

The connector (805) can be coupled or connected to another connector or an external device outside the camera device (200). The connector (805) connected to another external connector may correspond to a fixed part that does not move when the OIS is driven. Since the third part (804C) of the fourth substrate (804) includes at least one folded or curved area, it can resiliently support the camera device (200) or the OIS moving part and can play a role in alleviating external impact. That is, the third part (804C) of the fourth substrate (804) can play a role in alleviating impact, a spring. In addition, since the third part (804C) of the fourth substrate (804) can play a role in resiliently supporting the OIS moving part (100), it can reduce the driving force or driving power required when the OIS is driven.

Referring to FIGS. 11A and 11B , the camera device (200) may include a reinforcing member (70, 70-1) disposed, coupled, or attached to at least a portion of the fourth substrate (804). The reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may be disposed, coupled, or attached to at least one of the first portion (804A) and the second portion (804B) of the fourth substrate (804). For example, the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may be disposed, coupled, or attached to at least a portion of the first portion (804A) and at least a portion of the second portion (804B) of the fourth substrate (804).

For example, the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may be positioned, coupled, or attached to the lower surface of the first portion (804A) and the lower surface of the second portion (804B) of the fourth substrate (804). For example, the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may include a first region (70A) positioned, coupled, or attached to the first portion (804A) and a second region (70B) positioned, coupled, or attached to the second portion (804B). The second region (70B) may be bent upward from the first region (70A). For example, a bend may be formed between the first region (70A) and the second region (70B).

For example, the area of the second region (70B) may be larger than the area of the first region (70A). In other embodiments, the two may be equal or the area of the former (70B) may be smaller than the area of the latter (70A).

For example, the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may be spaced apart from the third portion (804C) of the fourth substrate (804). For example, the second region (70B) of the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may be spaced apart from the third portion (804C) of the fourth substrate (804). In other embodiments, at least a portion of the second region (70B) of the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may be in contact with the third portion (804C) of the fourth substrate (804).

In another embodiment, the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may be positioned, coupled, or attached to the upper surface of the first portion (804A) and the upper surface of the second portion (804B) of the fourth substrate (804). For example, in another embodiment, the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may include a first region positioned on the upper surface of the first portion (804A) of the fourth substrate (804) and a second region positioned on the upper surface of the second portion (804B).

In another embodiment, the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may be positioned, coupled, or attached to at least a portion of the second portion (804B) and at least a portion of the third portion (804C) of the fourth substrate (804). For example, in another embodiment, the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may be positioned, coupled, or attached to the second portion (804B) and the third portion (804C) of the fourth substrate (804). For example, the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may include a first region that is positioned, coupled, or attached to the second portion (804B) of the fourth substrate (804) and a second region that is positioned, coupled, or attached to the third portion (804C), and a folded portion may be formed between the first region and the second region. The first region of the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) can be placed on the lower surface (or upper surface) of the second portion (804B), and the second region of the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) can be placed on the lower surface (or upper surface) of the third portion (804C).

The reinforcing member (70, 70-1) can prevent the fourth substrate (804) from being damaged, deformed, or broken by impact or external force. In addition, the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) can play a role in suppressing the shape of the fourth substrate (804) from being deformed and restored due to force applied to the fourth substrate (804) by tilting of the OIS moving part (100). For example, the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) can include at least one of a metal material or an injection-molded material.

For example, the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may be positioned inside the groove (16A) of the protrusion (215) of the housing (210). For example, the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may at least partially contact the groove (16A) of the protrusion (215) of the housing (210). For example, the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may not be coupled with the housing (210) (e.g., the protrusion (215)). In another embodiment, for example, the reinforcing member (70, 70-1) may be coupled with the housing (210) (e.g., the protrusion (215)) by an adhesive.

The reinforcing member (70) of FIG. 11A may include an opening (73). The opening (73) of the reinforcing member (70) may open or expose at least a portion of the fourth substrate (804) of the circuit board (800). For example, the opening (73) may open or expose at least a portion of a first portion (804A) (or “first region”) and a second portion (804B) (or “second region”) of the fourth substrate (804). The opening (73) of the reinforcing member (70) may be a hole, a through-hole, or a hollow.

The opening (73) may be formed in at least one of the first region (70A) and the second region (70A) of the reinforcing member (70). For example, the opening (73) may be formed in the first region (70A) and the second region (70A) of the reinforcing member (70). In addition, the opening (73) may open or expose at least a portion of the first folded portion (804D). In other embodiments, the opening (73) may be formed in only one of the first region (70A) and the second region (70A) of the reinforcing member (70). In other embodiments, the opening (73) may not expose the first folded portion (804D).

The elastic coefficient of the second substrate (802) of the circuit board (800) coupled with the reinforcing member (70) by the opening (73) can be reduced, and the movement of the OIS moving part can be facilitated when the OIS is driven. That is, the elasticity of the circuit board (800), for example, the second substrate (802) supporting the OIS moving part, can be reduced by the opening (73), and thus the OIS driving can be easily implemented with a small driving force, and the power consumption can be reduced. At this time, the driving force can be a force resulting from the interaction between the coil (230) and the magnet (310).

Referring to FIG. 1, FIG. 10A and FIG. 10B, the movement restraining member (80) can be coupled with the protrusion (215) of the housing (210). For example, the movement restraining member (80) can be coupled with the coupling groove (215A, 215B) of the protrusion (215) of the housing (210).

Referring to FIG. 3, at least a portion of the second portion (804B) of the fourth substrate (804) may be disposed between the movement-restraining portion (80) and the inner surface of the protrusion (215) of the housing (210). For example, at least a portion of the reinforcing member (70) may be disposed between the movement-restraining portion (80) and the inner surface of the protrusion (215) of the housing (210). The movement-restraining portion (80) may be spaced apart from the circuit board (800) in the second direction (X-axis direction) or the third direction (Y-axis direction). For example, the movement-restraining portion (80) may be spaced apart from the circuit board (800) in the optical axis direction or in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction. That is, the movement-restraining portion (800) may serve to maintain the shape of the folded portions (804D, 804E) of the fourth substrate (804), which is a flexible substrate. For example, the movement restraining member (80) may be an injection-molded material made of a non-magnetic material or resin, etc. In another embodiment, the movement restraining member (80) may be in contact with at least a portion of the fourth substrate (804) of the circuit board (800).

At least a part of the second part (804B) of the fourth substrate (804) positioned in the groove (16A) of the protrusion (215) can be restricted from moving or moving by the movement restraining member (80), and the second part (804B) can be restrained or prevented from moving out of the groove (16A) of the protrusion (215). As a result, it is possible to restrain or prevent the OIS moving member from being affected by the restoring force of the fourth substrate (804) when the OIS is driven, thereby enabling accurate OIS driving and improving the reliability of the OIS driving. The movement restraining member (80) may also be expressed as a “clamp.”

The cover member (300) can form an accommodation space together with the housing (210), and an OIS moving part can be placed within the accommodation space. For example, the cover member (300) can be in the shape of a box with an open bottom. For example, the cover member (300) can include an upper plate (301) and a side plate (302) connected to the upper plate (301).

The lower end of the side plate (302) of the cover member (300) may be combined with the housing (210). The shape of the upper plate (302) of the cover member (300) may be polygonal (e.g., square or octagonal) or circular. The upper plate (302) of the cover member (300) may include an opening (303) for exposing a lens (not shown) to external light. The opening (303) may be a through hole penetrating the upper plate (302) of the cover member (300) in the direction of the optical axis. For example, the number of side plates of the cover member (300) may be plural. The material of the cover member (300) may be a non-magnetic substance. In another embodiment, the cover member (300) may be a magnetic substance. For example, the material of the cover member (300) may be an injection-molded product such as a resin or a metal material.

Referring to FIGS. 1 and 2A, the cover member (300) may include an opening (304) positioned or formed in the side plate (302) to avoid spatial interference with the protrusion (215) of the housing (210). For example, the protrusion (216) of the housing (210) may pass through the opening (304) of the cover member (300) and protrude from the side plate (302) of the cover member (300).

The cover member (300) may include a protrusion (305) that is disposed over the opening (304) and protrudes from the side plate (302). For example, the protrusion (305) may have a plate shape. For example, the protrusion (305) of the cover member (300) may be disposed on the protrusion (215) of the housing (210). For example, the protrusion (305) may be disposed above the groove (16A) of the protrusion (215) of the housing (210). For example, the protrusion (305) may be disposed above the movement-restraining member (80). For example, the protrusion (305) may overlap the movement-restraining member (80) in the optical axis direction. Additionally, for example, the protrusion (305) may overlap the first portion (804A) of the fourth substrate (804) in the optical axis direction. The protrusion (305) can suppress or prevent the movement-restraining member (80) from being detached, and protect the movement-restraining member (80) and the fourth substrate (804) from impact.

Referring to FIG. 4g, the cover member (300) may include a protrusion (311) protruding from the upper plate (301). At this time, the protrusion (311) of the cover member (300) may protrude from the inner surface of the upper plate (301) of the cover member (300) toward the bobbin (110) or the cloud member (21). For example, the protrusion (311) of the cover member (300) may face or overlap the receiving portion (116) of the bobbin (110) in the optical axis direction. At least a portion of the protrusion (311) of the cover member (300) may be inserted or arranged within the receiving portion (116) of the bobbin (110). The protrusion (311) of the cover member (300) may be arranged on the cloud member (21).

For example, the cover member (300) may include a first protrusion (311A) corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping with the first receiving portion (116A) of the first cloud member (21A) or the bobbin (110). For example, the cover member (300) may include a second protrusion (311B) corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping with the second receiving portion (116B) of the second cloud member (21B) or the bobbin (110). For example, the protrusion (311) of the cover member (300) may include a recessed shape from the upper surface of the upper plate (301) of the cover member (330). In other embodiments, the protrusion of the cover member (300) may not include a recess. By providing the protrusion (311) on the cover member (300), the embodiment can prevent the cloud member (21) from being separated from the receiving portion (116) of the bobbin (110). In addition, the protrusion (311) of the cover member (300) can also act as a stopper to prevent the bobbin (110) from moving any further in the upper direction within a limited range.

The following describes the support.

The support member may be arranged between the fixed member and the OIS moving member (100). The support member may be arranged between the sensor base (270) and the housing (210) and may support the sensor base (270) with respect to the housing (210). The support member may include a tilting guide member (60) arranged between the OIS moving member (e.g., the sensor base (270)) and the fixed member (e.g., the housing (210)). The tilting guide member (60) may guide the tilting of the OIS moving member (100).

The tilting guide part (60) may also be expressed as a driving plate, a “mover”, a “mover plate”, a “driving plate”, a “plate”, a “rotary plate”, a “tilting plate”, a “moving plate”, or a “support plate”.

The tilting guide part (60) may be tilted or rotated by a preset angle based on the first axis or the second axis. For example, the tilting guide part (60) may be arranged between the lower part (or bottom) of the sensor base (270) and the lower part (42) of the housing (210). For example, at least a part of the tilting guide part (60) may be arranged within the mounting part (69) of the housing (210). Since the tilting guide part (60) is arranged within the mounting part (69) of the housing (210), the length or height of the camera device (200) in the optical axis direction may be reduced.

Referring to FIG. 4b, FIG. 9a, and FIG. 12, the tilting guide part (60) may be in the shape of a plate. The tilting guide part (60) may include a body. The body may be expressed as a main body or a “plate part.” When viewed from above, the shape of the body of the tilting guide part (60) may be a polygon (e.g., square), a circle, or an oval. When viewed from above, the shape of the body of the tilting guide part (60) may be square, and the corner (or edge) portion of the body may be rounded.

For example, the length in a horizontal direction (e.g., horizontal direction or vertical direction) perpendicular to the optical axis of the tilting guide part (60) may be greater than the length in the optical axis direction of the tilting guide part (60).

The tilting guide member (60) may include a first guide member arranged on a first surface (or upper surface) (6A) facing the OIS moving member (e.g., sensor base (270)) and a second guide member arranged on a second surface (or lower surface) (6B) facing the fixed member (e.g., housing (210)).

The first guide member may be at least one, and the second guide member may be at least one. For example, a first axis may be formed by the first guide member, and a second axis may be formed by the second guide member. For example, the first guide member may include a plurality of first guide members spaced apart in a direction parallel to the first axis. The second guide member may include a plurality of second guide members spaced apart in a direction parallel to the second axis. For example, a first axis may be formed by a plurality of first guide members, and a second axis may be formed by a plurality of second guide members.

The first guide member may be a “protrusion”, a “protrusion”, a “ball member”, or a “ball”, and the second guide member may be a “protrusion”, a “protrusion”, a “ball member”, or a “ball”.

Referring to FIGS. 9A and 9B, the tilting guide portion (60) may include a first protrusion (65) coupled with or in contact with the sensor base (270) and a second protrusion (66) coupled with or in contact with the housing (210). The first protrusion (65) may be arranged on a first surface (6A) (e.g., an upper surface) of the tilting guide portion (60), and the second protrusion (66) may be arranged on a second surface (6B) (or a lower surface) of the tilting guide portion (60) which is the opposite surface of the first surface (6A). For example, the first protrusion (65) may protrude from the first surface (6A) (e.g., the upper surface) of the tilting guide part (60), and the second protrusion (66) may protrude from the second surface (6B) (e.g., the lower surface) of the tilting guide part (60).

The first protrusion (65) may be expressed as an “upper protrusion (or front protrusion)” or a “first protrusion”, and the second protrusion (66) may be expressed as a “lower protrusion (or rear protrusion)” or a “second protrusion”. The number of each of the first protrusion (65) and the second protrusion (66) may be 1, 2, 3 or more.

At least a portion of the first protrusion (65) may be positioned within the groove (29) of the sensor base (270). The first protrusion (65) may include at least two protrusions (65A, 65B). For example, the first-first protrusion (65A) and the first-second protrusion (65B) may be positioned spaced apart from each other in the first-axis direction. Each of the two protrusions (65A, 65B) may be positioned by being inserted into a corresponding one of the first and second grooves (29A, 29B) of the sensor base (270). In another embodiment, the two protrusions (65A, 65B) may be positioned spaced apart from each other in the first horizontal direction or the X-axis direction.

At least a portion of the second protrusion (66) may be positioned within the groove (55) of the housing (210).

The second protrusion (66) may include at least two protrusions (66A, 66B). For example, the 2-1 protrusion (66A) and the 2-2 protrusion (66B) may be arranged to be spaced apart in the second-axis direction. Each of the two protrusions (66A, 66B) may be inserted into and arranged in a corresponding one of the first and second grooves (55A, 55B) of the housing (210). In another embodiment, the two protrusions (66A, 66B) may be arranged to be spaced apart in the second horizontal direction or the Y-axis direction.

In another embodiment, the two protrusions (65A, 65B) of the tilting guide part (60) may be arranged spaced apart in the second axis direction, the first and second grooves (29A, 29B) of the sensor base (270) may be arranged spaced apart in the second axis direction, the two protrusions (66A, 66B) of the tilting guide part (60) may be arranged spaced apart in the first axis direction, and the first and second grooves (55A, 55B) of the housing (210) may be arranged spaced apart in the first axis direction.

For example, each of the first protrusion (65) and the second protrusion (66) may have a curved shape, a hemispherical shape, a dome shape, or a polyhedral shape, but is not limited thereto. For example, the shape of the first protrusion (65) when viewed from the front or upper side and the shape of the second protrusion (66) when viewed from the rear or lower side may be circular, oval, or polygonal.

The tilting guide part (60) may include an opening (60A) corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping with the magnetic body (31) or/and the magnetic body (33). For example, the opening (60A) may correspond to, opposite to, or overlap with the joining part (49) of the housing (210). The weight (or weight) of the tilting guide part (60) may be reduced by the opening (60A), thereby making the camera device (200) lighter.

For example, the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60) may be positioned at a position corresponding to the coupling part (49) in order to avoid spatial interference with the coupling part (49) of the housing (210). In addition, the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60) may be formed in order to avoid spatial interference with the magnetic body (31) and the coupling part (49) of the housing (210).

For example, the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60) may be a through hole or a hollow. For example, the opening (60A) may penetrate the tilting guide part (60) in the first direction (Z-axis direction) or the optical axis direction. For example, at least a portion of the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60) may have a shape corresponding to the joining part (49) of the housing (210). For example, the opening (60A) may have a circular, oval, polygonal, for example, rectangular shape.

When viewed from above, the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60) can be positioned between the protrusions (65A, 65B) of the tilting guide part (60). When viewed from below, the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60) can be positioned between the protrusions (66A, 66B) of the tilting guide part (60).

For example, the horizontal length of the opening (60A) of the tilting guide portion (60) may be greater than the horizontal length of the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210). In another embodiment, the horizontal length of the opening (60A) may be the same as the horizontal length of the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210). The vertical length of the opening (60A) may be greater than the vertical length of the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210). In another embodiment, the vertical length of the opening (60A) may be the same as the vertical length of the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210).

At least a part of the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210) may be positioned within the opening (60A) of the tilting guide portion (60). For example, the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210) may overlap with the opening (60A) of the tilting guide portion (60) in the optical axis direction. Also, for example, the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210) may overlap with the tilting guide portion (60) in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction. This may reduce the length or height of the camera device (200) in the optical axis direction.

For example, at least a portion of the opening (60A) may be positioned between two protrusions (65A, 65B) of the first protrusion (65) of the tilting guide portion (60). Also, at least a portion of the opening (60A) may be positioned between protrusions (66A, 66B) of the second protrusion (66) of the tilting guide portion (60).

For example, the tilting guide part (60) may be an injection molded product. For example, the tilting guide part (60) may be made of plastic, resin, or ceramic. In another embodiment, the tilting guide part (60) may include a metal material, for example, a SUS material. In addition, the tilting guide part (60) may be a non-magnetic material. In another embodiment, the tilting guide part (60) may be a magnetic material.

The protrusions (65A, 65B) of the first protrusion (65) and the protrusions (66A, 66B) of the second protrusion (66) can be arranged in parallel along directions intersecting or perpendicular to each other. The OIS moving unit can be rotated, pivotally rotated, or tilted by a preset angle based on the first axis by the first protrusion (65) of the tilting guide unit (60). And the OIS moving unit can be rotated, pivotally rotated, or tilted based on the second axis by the second protrusion (66) of the tilting guide unit (60).

In another embodiment, the tilting guide member (60) may omit at least one of the first protrusion (65) and the second protrusion (66), and a cloud member or a ball member may be placed instead of the omitted protrusion.

Referring to FIGS. 9C and 9D , a tilting guide member (60-1) according to another embodiment may include a first groove (75) without the first protrusion (65), and may include a second groove (76) without the second protrusion (66). In addition, the support member may include a first ball member instead of the first protrusion (65), and may include a second ball member instead of the second protrusion (66). For example, the first ball member may include two or more first ball members (65A1, 65B1), and the second ball member may include two or more ball members (66A1, 66B1).

The first groove (75) may be arranged or formed on the first surface (6A) of the tilting guide portion (60-1). The first surface (6A) may be a surface facing or opposing the sensor base (270). The groove (75) may be sunken from the first surface (6A) of the tilting guide portion (60). For example, the tilting guide portion (60-1) may include first grooves (75A, 75B) for placing at least a portion of the two first ball members (65A1, 65B1). For example, the first grooves (75A, 75B) may be arranged to be spaced apart in the first-axis direction. For example, the first ball members (65A1, 65B1) may be arranged to be spaced apart in the first-axis direction.

In another embodiment, the first ball members (65A1, 65B1) may be arranged spaced apart in the second axis direction, and the first grooves (75A, 75B) may be arranged spaced apart in the second axis direction.

In another embodiment, the first ball members (65A1, 65B1) and the first grooves (75A, 75B) may be arranged spaced apart in the first horizontal direction (or the second horizontal direction).

In addition, the second groove (76) of the tilting guide part (60-1) may be arranged or formed on the second surface (6B) of the tilting guide part (60-1). The second surface (6B) may be a surface facing or opposing the housing (210). In addition, the second surface (6B) may be an opposite surface of the first surface (6A) of the tilting guide part (60-1). The second groove (76) may be recessed from the second surface (6B) of the tilting guide part (60).

For example, the tilting guide portion (60-1) may include second grooves (76A, 76B) for placing at least a portion of two second ball members (66A1, 66B1). For example, the second grooves (76A, 76B) may be placed spaced apart in the second axial direction. For example, the second ball members (66A1, 66B1) may be placed spaced apart in the second axial direction. In another embodiment, the second ball members (66A1, 66B1) may be placed spaced apart in the first axial direction, and the second grooves (76A, 76B) may be placed spaced apart in the first axial direction. In yet another embodiment, the second ball members (66A1, 66B1) and the second grooves (76A, 76B) may be placed spaced apart in the second horizontal direction (or the first horizontal direction).

The description of the shape of the groove (29) of the sensor base (270) or the groove (55) of the housing (210) can be applied or analogized to the shapes of the first groove (75) and the second groove (76) of the tilting guide part (60-1).

A lubricant may be placed between the first protrusion (66) of the tilting guide part (60) and the groove (29) of the sensor base (270) or between the second protrusion (66) of the tilting guide part (60) and the groove (55) of the housing (210) to reduce friction and protect the tilting guide part (60).

The first protrusion (65) of the tilting guide part (60) can slide within the groove (29) of the sensor base (270), and the second protrusion (66) can slide within the groove (55) of the housing (210). As a result, the frictional force between the tilting guide part (60) and the sensor base (270) and/or the frictional force between the tilting guide part (60) and the housing (210) can be reduced, and the current consumption or power consumption for driving the OIS can be reduced.

Referring to FIG. 4d and FIG. 12, the cloud member (21) may not overlap with the tilting guide member (60) in the direction of the optical axis. For example, as shown in FIG. 4c, the cloud member (21) may not overlap with the tilting guide member (60) in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis.

For example, the separation direction of the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B) may intersect with the separation direction of the protrusions (65A) and (65B) of the tilting guide member (60). For example, the separation direction of the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B) may not be parallel or perpendicular to the separation direction of the protrusions (65A) and (65B) of the tilting guide member (60).

For example, the separation direction of the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B) may intersect with the separation direction of the protrusion (66A) and the protrusion (66B) of the tilting guide part (60). For example, the separation direction of the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B) may not be parallel or perpendicular to the separation direction of the protrusion (66A) and the protrusion (66B) of the tilting guide part (60).

For example, when viewed from above, the distance between the protrusions (65A) and (65B) of the tilting guide member (60) may be smaller than the distance between the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B). In another embodiment, the distance between the protrusions (65A) and (65B) of the tilting guide member (60) may be equal to or greater than the distance between the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B).

For example, when viewed from above, the distance between the protrusions (66A) and (66B) of the tilting guide member (60) may be smaller than the distance between the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B). In another embodiment, the distance between the protrusions (66A) and (66B) of the tilting guide member (60) may be equal to or greater than the distance between the first cloud member (21A) and the second cloud member (21B).

The support member may include a magnetic body (33) disposed on an OIS moving member (e.g., a sensor base (270)) and a magnetic body (31) disposed on a fixed member (e.g., a housing (210)). The magnetic bodies (31, 32) may be expressed as “magnets,” “yokes,” or “holding magnets.” The support member may further include a support member (64).

For example, the magnetic body (31) may be placed within the groove (49A) of the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210) or may be combined with the groove (49A). At least a portion of the magnetic body (31) may be placed within the opening (60A) of the tilting guide portion (60). For example, the magnetic body (31) may face or overlap with the opening (60A) of the tilting guide portion (60) in the optical axis direction. For example, the magnetic body (31) may not overlap with the tilting guide portion (60) in the optical axis direction. Also, for example, at least a portion of the magnetic body (31) may overlap with the tilting guide portion (60) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. For example, the magnetic body (31) may overlap with the tilting guide portion (60) in a direction parallel to the first axis or a direction parallel to the second axis.

The magnetic body (31) may correspond to, face, or overlap the magnetic body (33) in the direction of the optical axis. The magnetic body (31) may be placed on the opposite side of the magnetic body (33).

The magnetic body (31) may be a two-pole magnet divided or arranged into N and S poles. For example, the magnetic body (31) may be a two-pole magnet divided or arranged into N and S poles in the direction of the optical axis. In another embodiment, the magnetic body (31) may be a two-pole magnet divided or arranged into N and S poles in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. In yet another embodiment, the magnetic body (31) may be a four-pole magnet including two N poles and two S poles.

The support member (64) can be coupled or assembled with the OIS moving part. For example, the support member (64) can be coupled with the sensor base (270) or assembled to the sensor base (270). For example, the support member (64) can be coupled with the extension (217) of the sensor base (270) or assembled to the extension (217). For example, the support member (64) can be coupled with the extension (217) of the base (270) by an adhesive.

The support member (64) may be expressed as a “magnetic support member”, “sensor base rigid”, “support”, “mover rigid”, “holding rigid”, “joint”, or “plate”. For example, the support member (64) may be formed of an injection-molded material, a plastic, or a resin material, or, for example, the support member (64) may be formed of a metal material or a metal plate. Or, the support member (64) may be formed of a heat dissipation member. The support member (64) may have a polyhedral (e.g., hexahedral) shape. The support member (64) may have a plate shape. For example, when viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis, the support member (64) may have a polygonal, e.g., square, shape. For example, when viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis, the support member (64) may have a rectangular, square, circular, or oval shape.

Fig. 14a is a cutaway perspective view of the camera device (200), and Fig. 14b is an enlarged view of the dotted line portion of Fig. 14a.

Referring to FIGS. 14A and 14B, the support member (64) may be positioned spaced apart from the tilting guide member (60). The support member (64) may be positioned below the tilting guide member (60) (or the body of the tilting guide member (60)). The image sensor (801) may be positioned closer to the magnetic body (31) than to the magnetic body (33).

At least a portion of the support member (64) may overlap with the magnetic body (31) in the optical axis direction. At least a portion of the support member (64) may overlap with the magnetic body (33) in the optical axis direction. The support member (64) may overlap with the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60) in the optical axis direction. The support member (64) may be positioned below the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60). The support member (64) may not overlap with the tilting guide part (60) in the optical axis direction. The support member (64) may correspond to, face, or overlap with the extension part (217) of the sensor base (270) in the optical axis direction. For example, the support member (64) may not overlap with the body of the tilting guide part (60) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction. The lower surface of the support member (64) may be positioned higher than the lower surface of the lower portion (42) of the housing (140). In other embodiments, the lower surface of the support member (64) may be positioned below the lower surface (42) of the housing (140) or at the same height as the lower surface (42) of the housing (140).

For example, the support member (64) may not overlap the magnet (310) and/or the coil (230) in the optical axis direction. The support member (64) may overlap the image sensor (810) in the optical axis direction.

The moving module may include a portion (or “first portion”) that passes through the opening (60A) of the tilting guide portion (60) or is positioned within the opening (60A) of the tilting guide portion (60). The magnetic body (33) may be coupled to the portion (or “first portion”) of the moving module. For example, the magnetic body (33) may be coupled to the first portion of the moving module by an adhesive. For example, the sensor base (270) may include the first portion.

The support member (64) can be coupled with the first part of the moving module. The magnetic body (33) can be placed on the support member (64). For example, the “first part” of the moving module can be an extension (217) of the sensor base (270).

The fixed portion may include an opening (18) in which a first portion of the movable module is placed.

At least a portion of the extension (217) of the sensor base (270) may correspond to, face, or overlap with the opening (60A) of the tilting guide portion (60) in the optical axis direction. For example, the extension (217) may not overlap with the tilting guide portion (60) in the optical axis direction. In another embodiment, a portion of the extension (217) may overlap with the tilting guide portion (60) in the optical axis direction.

At least a portion of the extension (217) may be positioned within the opening (60A) of the tilting guide portion (60). For example, at least a portion of the extension (217) may pass through the opening (60A) of the tilting guide portion (60). For example, at least a portion of the extension (217) may pass through or penetrate the opening (60A) of the tilting guide portion (60) and be coupled to the support member (64). That is, as illustrated in FIG. 4B and FIG. 14B, the end of the extension (217) may be positioned below the lower surface of the tilting guide portion (60).

In another embodiment, the end of the extension (217) may be positioned within the opening (60A) of the tilting guide (60). For example, the end of the extension (217) may be positioned between the upper and lower surfaces of the tilting guide (60).

In the embodiment of FIG. 7d, the extension (217) corresponds to a part of the sensor base (270) and may be formed integrally with the sensor base (270). A camera device according to another embodiment may have a separate connecting member from the sensor base (270) instead of the extension (217). At this time, the separate connecting member may be connected to the sensor base (270). For example, the connecting member may be connected to the sensor base (270) by an adhesive. For example, the connecting member may include a first connecting structure (e.g., a protrusion or a groove), and the sensor base (270) may include a second connecting structure (e.g., a groove or a protrusion) for connecting with the first connecting structure. For example, one end of the connecting member may be connected to the lower portion (or lower surface) of the sensor base (270), and the other end of the connecting member may be connected to the support member (64). At least a portion of the coupling member may be positioned within the opening (60A) of the tilting guide member (60). The coupling member may pass through the opening (60A) of the tilting guide member (60) and be coupled to the support member (64). At this time, the sensor base (270) may not include a portion positioned within the opening (60A) of the tilting guide member (60).

In an embodiment, the support member (64) can be coupled to the extension (217) of the sensor base (270) that passes through the opening (60A) of the tilting guide member (60) and does not overlap with the body of the tilting guide member (60) in the optical axis direction. That is, the size of the support member (64) can be reduced and the shape can be simplified.

In a camera device according to a comparative example, the support member may overlap at least a portion of the tilting guide member in the optical axis direction, and the support member may include an extension portion extending to at least one corner portion of the housing.

In order for the moving part (e.g., the sensor base (270)) to tilt about the first or second axis, a space is required between the sensor base (270) and the housing (210). In the comparative example, the space for the sensor base (270) to tilt about the first or second axis can be increased by the extended portion of the support member.

On the other hand, in the embodiment, the support member (64) may have a simple structure that does not overlap with the tilting guide part (60) in the optical axis direction. In the embodiment, the size of the support member (64) may be designed to be small. In addition, in the embodiment, the end of the support member (64) may be positioned closer to the center or central region of the optical axis or the tilting module rather than the corner of the housing (210). Accordingly, in the embodiment, compared to the comparative example, the space required for tilting the sensor base, which is the OIS moving part for shake correction, may be reduced, and the size of the camera device may be reduced.

The magnetic body (33) may be placed below the magnetic body (31). The magnetic body (31) may be positioned higher than the magnetic body (33).

The magnetic body (33) may be placed on or coupled to the support member (64). Referring to FIG. 7A, the support member (64) may include a mounting portion (93A) (or receiving portion). The mounting portion (93A) may be a groove. For example, the mounting portion (93A) may be a groove that is recessed from the upper surface of the support member (64). For example, the magnetic body (33) may be coupled to the mounting portion (93A) of the support member (64). For example, the magnetic body (33) may be coupled, attached, or fixed to the mounting portion (93A) of the support member (64) by an adhesive.

The magnetic body (33) may overlap with the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60) in the optical axis direction. The magnetic body (33) may not overlap with the tilting guide part (60) in the optical axis direction.

Referring to FIGS. 14a and 14b, the magnetic body (33) may not overlap with the tilting guide part (60) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. In another embodiment, the magnetic body (33) may overlap with the tilting guide part (60) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis.

When viewed from above, the area of the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60) may be larger than the area of the upper surface (or lower surface) of the magnetic body (31). Also, when viewed from above, the area of the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60) may be larger than the area of the upper surface (or lower surface) of the magnetic body (33).

A repulsive force may be applied between the magnetic body (33) and the magnetic body (31) in the direction of the optical axis (or the first direction). The magnetic body (33) and the magnetic body (31) may be arranged so that a repulsive force is applied to each other. The magnetic body (33) may be made of a material having magnetism. For example, the magnetic body (33) may include a metal material having magnetism. Or, for example, the magnetic body (33) may be made of a metal material having magnetism. Or, for example, the magnetic body (33) may be a magnet. The magnetic bodies (31, 32) may be expressed as a “yoke” instead. Each of the magnetic bodies (33, 31) may also be expressed as a “repulsive magnet”.

For example, the magnetic body (33) and the magnetic body (31) may be arranged so that their faces facing or opposing each other in the optical axis direction have the same polarity. For example, the N pole (or S pole) of the magnetic body (33) and the N pole (or S pole) of the magnetic body (31) may face or oppose each other in the optical axis direction.

For example, the first surface of the magnetic body (33) may face the first surface of the magnetic body (31), and the first surface of the magnetic body (33) and the first surface of the magnetic body (31) may have the same polarity. For example, the second surface of the magnetic body (33) may be the opposite surface of the first surface of the magnetic body (33), the second surface of the magnetic body (31) may be the opposite surface of the first surface of the magnetic body (31), and the second surface of the magnetic body (33) and the second surface of the magnetic body (31) may have the same polarity.

Referring to FIGS. 14a and 14b, the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210) may be positioned between the sensor base (210) and the support member (64). The coupling portion (49) and the magnetic body (31) may be positioned between the sensor base (270) and the magnetic body (33) positioned on the support member (64).

The image sensor (810) or filter (610) may be positioned closer to the magnetic body (31) than to the magnetic body (33). That is, among the magnetic body (31) and the magnetic body (33), the magnetic body (31) may be positioned closer to the image sensor (810). For example, the lower surface of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210) may be positioned closer to the magnetic body (33) than to the magnetic body (31). For example, the support member (64) and the magnetic body (33) may be positioned below the tilting guide portion (60).

The tilting guide part (60) can be brought into close contact with the OIS moving part and fixed part by the repulsive force acting between the magnetic body (33) and the magnetic body (31). The tilting guide part (60) can be pressed against the moving part by the repulsive force between the magnetic body (33) and the magnetic body (31).

The lower surface of the sensor base (270) can press the tilting guide part (60) due to the repulsive force acting between the magnetic body (33) and the magnetic body (31). The lower part (42) of the housing (210) can press the tilting guide part (60) due to the repulsive force acting between the magnetic body (33) and the magnetic body (31). As a result, the first protrusion (65) and the second protrusion (66) of the tilting guide part (60) can be in close contact with the sensor base (270) and/or the housing (210). Due to the repulsive force between the magnetic body (33) and the magnetic body (31), the tilting guide part (60) can stably support the OIS moving part (100) with respect to the fixed part, and a stable OIS operation can be performed.

In addition, since at least a part of the magnetic body (31) is placed within the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60), the separation distance between the magnetic body (31) and the magnetic body (33) can be reduced, thereby increasing the repulsive force between the magnetic body (31) and the magnetic body (33), and the OIS moving part can be stably supported on the fixed part, and stable OIS operation can be performed.

In addition, since the magnetic body (31) is placed in a joint portion (49) corresponding to or opposite the central region of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210), and the magnetic body (33) is placed in an area of the support member (64) corresponding to or opposite the central region of the lower surface of the sensor base (270), the repulsive force between the magnetic body (31) and the magnetic body (33) can be concentrated on the central region of the sensor base (270) and the central region of the housing (210), and thus the OIS moving part can be supported efficiently and stably.

In another embodiment, the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210) may be omitted, and the magnetic body (31) may be placed on the upper surface of the lower portion (42) of the housing (210). In addition, the mounting portion (69) of the housing (210) may be omitted, and a mounting portion corresponding to or identical to the mounting portion (69) of the housing (210) may be formed on the lower surface of the sensor base (270), and the tilting guide portion (60) may be placed within the mounting portion of the sensor base (270).

In another embodiment, the tilting guide member (60) may be omitted, and the support member may include a cloud member, for example, a ball member, arranged between the sensor base (270) and the housing (210). At this time, the cloud member may include two first ball members arranged in a direction parallel to one axis and two second ball members arranged in a direction parallel to the second axis, and the OIS moving member may tilt the first ball members about an axis or rotate them by a preset angle, and may tilt the second ball members about an axis or rotate them by a preset angle, and a shake correction operation may be performed according to the result.

Referring to FIG. 12 and FIG. 16A, when viewed from above, the first magnet unit (310A) may overlap with the protrusions (65A, 65B) in the direction in which the protrusions (65A, 65B) of the tilting guide part (60) face each other or in the first axis direction. In addition, the second magnet unit (310B) may overlap with the protrusions (65A, 65B) in the direction in which the protrusions (66A, 66B) of the tilting guide part (60) face each other or in the second axis direction.

Referring to FIGS. 4E and 4F, the tilting guide unit (60) can overlap with the magnet (310) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. For example, the first magnet unit (310A) can overlap with the tilting guide unit (60) in the first axis direction, and the second magnet unit (310B) can overlap with the tilting guide unit (60) in the second axis direction.

For example, the magnet (310) and the yoke (380) may be positioned below the image sensor (810). For example, the magnet (310) may be positioned below the filter (610). Additionally, the magnet (310) may be positioned below the magnetic body (33). For example, the magnet (310) may be positioned below the holder (140). For example, the magnet (310) may be positioned below the sensor base (270). For example, the upper surface of the magnet (310) may be positioned below the lower surface of the sensor base (270). The upper surface of the magnet (310) may be positioned below the lower surface of the holder (140). The upper surface of the magnet (310) may be positioned below the lower surface of the magnetic body (33). For example, the magnet (310) may be positioned below the cloud member (21).

Referring to FIG. 4f, for example, the upper surface of the magnet (310), for example, the upper surface of the magnet unit (310A, 310B), may be positioned lower than the upper surface of the magnetic body (31). In another embodiment, the upper surface of the magnet (310) may be positioned higher than the upper surface of the magnetic body (31) or may have the same height as the upper surface of the magnetic body (31).

For example, the upper surface of the magnet (310), for example, the upper surface of the magnet unit (310A, 310B), may be positioned lower than the lower surface of the magnetic body (31). In another embodiment, the upper surface of the magnet (310) may be positioned higher than the lower surface of the magnetic body (31) or may have the same height as the lower surface of the magnetic body (31). For example, the support member (64) and the magnetic body (33) may be positioned lower than the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210).

Referring to FIG. 12, for example, the first magnet unit (310A) and the second magnet unit (310B) may have the same shape and size.

The first length (L1) of the first magnet unit (310A) in the second axis direction may be shorter than the second length (L2) of the first magnet unit (310A) in the first axis direction. In addition, the first length of the second magnet unit (310B) in the first axis direction may be shorter than the second length of the second magnet unit (310B) in the second axis direction. The length of the first magnet unit (310A) in the optical axis direction may be shorter than the second length (L2) of the first magnet unit (310A). In addition, the length of the second magnet unit (310B) in the optical axis direction may be shorter than the second length of the second magnet unit (310B). In another embodiment, the length in the optical axis direction of the first magnet unit (310A) (or the second magnet unit (310B)) may be equal to or greater than the second length (L2) of the first magnet unit (310A) (or the second magnet unit (310B)).

For example, the first length (L1) of the first magnet unit (310A) (or the second magnet unit (310B)) may be smaller than the length of the tilting guide part (60) in the second direction (X-axis direction) or the third direction (Y-axis direction). For example, the first length (L1) of the first magnet unit (310A) (or the second magnet unit (310B)) may be larger than the length (M1) between the outer surface and the inner surface of the tilting guide part (60). For example, M1 may be the shortest distance between the outer surface of the tilting guide part (60) and the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60). In other embodiments, L1 may be equal to or smaller than M1.

For example, the first length (L1) of the first magnet unit (310A) (or the second magnet unit (310B)) may be smaller than the length of the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60) in the first or second axial direction. The first length (L1) of the first magnet unit (310A) (or the second magnet unit (310B)) may be smaller than the length of the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60) in the second or third direction. In other embodiments, L1 may be greater than or equal to the length of the opening (60A) in the first or second axial direction. Alternatively, L1 may be greater than or equal to the length of the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60) in the second or third direction.

Referring to FIGS. 9A, 9B, and 12, the shortest separation distance (L3) between the first protrusions (65A, 65B) may be greater than the first length (L1). The shortest separation distance (L4) between the second protrusions (66A, 66B) may be greater than the first length (L1). For example, L3 and L4 may be the same. In other embodiments, L3 and L4 may be different. The description of L3 and L4 may also be applied or analogized to the first ball members (65A1, 65B1) and the second ball members (66A1, 66B1) of FIGS. 9C and 9D.

For example, the upper surface of the magnet (310) may be positioned lower than the upper surface of the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210). This is to secure sufficient space to avoid spatial interference between the magnet (310) and the lower surface of the sensor base (270). In another embodiment, the upper surface of the magnet (310) may be positioned higher than the upper surface of the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210). In yet another embodiment, the upper surface of the magnet (310) and the upper surface of the coupling portion (49) of the housing (210) may have the same height. For example, the upper surface of the magnet (310) may be positioned lower than the highest point of the first protrusion (65) of the tilting guide portion (60).

When viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis, the protrusions (65A, 65B), the magnetic body (31), and the first magnet unit (310A) can overlap each other in the first axis direction. When viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis, the protrusions (66A, 66B), the magnetic body (31), and the second magnet unit (310B) can overlap each other in the second axis direction.

When viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis, the magnet (310) may not overlap with the magnetic body (31) in the second direction (X-axis direction) or the third direction (Y-axis direction).

In another embodiment, when viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis, the magnet (310) may overlap the magnetic body (31) in the second direction (X-axis direction) or the third direction (Y-axis direction).

Figure 15 is a perspective view of a camera device including a shield member (390).

*Referring to FIG. 15, the camera device may include a shield member (390) that closes the opening (18) of the housing (210). The shield member (390) may be coupled or attached to a lower surface of the lower portion of the housing (210). The shield member (390) may be coupled to the housing (210) by an adhesive. For example, the shield member (390) may be in the form of an adhesive tape. The shield member (390) may also be expressed as a “cover,” a sealing member, or a “shield tape.”

In FIG. 15, the support member (64) may include a long side and a short side, and the support member (64) may be arranged such that the long side of the support member (64) is parallel to the second direction (X-axis direction) or the third direction. In other embodiments, the long side of the support member (64) may be arranged such that it intersects the second direction and the third direction. For example, in other embodiments, the long side of the support member (64) may be arranged such that it is parallel to the first axis or the second axis.

Fig. 16a shows the electromagnetic force (F1, F2) according to the interaction between the magnet units (310A, 310B) and the coil units (230A, 230B), and Fig. 16b shows the movement of the OIS moving part (100) due to the electromagnetic force of Fig. 16a. Fig. 16a shows the electromagnetic force when the first and second magnet units (310A, 310B) are two-pole magnets having an N pole and a S pole.

Referring to FIGS. 16A and 16B, the movement operation of the OIS moving unit by the OIS driving unit will be described. The OIS driving unit may include a coil (230) and a magnet (310). In addition, the OIS driving unit may include a position sensor (240). The AF driving unit may be expressed as one of the “first driving unit” and the “second driving unit,” and the OIS driving unit may be expressed as the other of the “first driving unit” and the “second driving unit.”

For example, a first surface (e.g., an upper surface) of a first magnet unit (310A) facing or opposing the first coil unit (230A) in the optical axis direction and a first surface (e.g., an upper surface) of a second magnet unit (310B) facing or opposing the second coil unit (230B) in the optical axis direction may have opposite polarities. By making the first surface (e.g., an upper surface) of the first magnet unit (310A) and the first surface (e.g., an upper surface) of the second magnet unit (310B) have opposite polarities, the influence of the magnetic field of the first magnet unit (310A) on the second coil unit (230B) and the influence of the magnetic field of the second magnet unit on the first coil unit (230A) may be canceled out, and magnetic field balancing may be implemented. Due to this, the influence of unnecessary magnetic fields caused by two adjacent magnet units (310A, 310B) on the coil units (230A, 230B) can be suppressed or reduced, and the camera device (200) can improve the performance and reliability of OIS operation.

In addition, by making the first surface (e.g., the upper surface) of the first magnet unit (310A) and the first surface (e.g., the upper surface) of the second magnet unit (310B) have opposite polarities, the influence of the magnetic field of the first magnet unit (310A) on the second sensor (240B) and the influence of the magnetic field of the second magnet unit on the first sensor (240A) can be canceled out, and magnetic field balancing can be implemented. As a result, the influence of unnecessary magnetic fields originating from adjacent magnet units (310A, 310B) on the sensors (240A, 240B) can be suppressed or reduced, the reliability of the output of the sensors (240A, 240B) can be improved, and the performance and reliability of OIS operation can be improved.

Also, for example, the second surface (e.g., the lower surface) of the first magnet unit (310A) and the second surface (e.g., the lower surface) of the second magnet unit (310B) may have opposite polarities. The second surface (e.g., the lower surface) of the first magnet unit (310A) may be the opposite surface of the first surface (e.g., the upper surface) of the first magnet unit (310A) and may have a polarity that is opposite to the polarity of the first surface (e.g., the upper surface) of the first magnet unit (310A). The second surface (e.g., the lower surface) of the second magnet unit (310B) may be the opposite surface of the first surface (e.g., the upper surface) of the second magnet unit (310B) and may have a polarity that is opposite to the polarity of the first surface (e.g., the upper surface) of the second magnet unit (310B). For example, the first surface of the first magnet unit (310A) may be the N pole (or S pole), and the first surface of the second magnet unit (310B) may be the S pole (or N pole).

A first electromagnetic force (F1) may be generated by the interaction between the first magnet unit (310A) and the first coil unit (230A). For example, the first electromagnetic force (F1) may be applied in the direction of the optical axis, for example, in the upward or downward direction. The OIS moving unit (100) may be tilted about the second axis (or the second protrusion (66)) by the first electromagnetic force (F1). For example, the OIS moving unit (100) may be tilted about the second axis by the first electromagnetic force (F1). Here, the second-axis tilting may mean that the OIS moving unit is tilted based on the second axis or that the OIS moving unit is rotated by a preset angle about the second axis as the rotation axis.

For example, the tilting guide part (60) can be tilted about the second axis (or the protrusions (66A, 66B) of the second protrusion (66)) by the first electromagnetic force (F1). For example, the tilting guide part (60) can be tilted about the second axis by the first electromagnetic force (F1). For example, in an embodiment where the arrangement of the protrusions (66A, 66B) is in the first axis direction, the tilting guide part (60) can also be tilted about the first axis.

Referring to FIG. 4B, in order for the OIS moving unit to tilt with respect to the second axis (or the second protrusion (66) of the tilting guide unit (60)), a gap or space must exist between the tilting guide unit (60) and the OIS moving unit (e.g., the sensor base (270)) by the first protrusion (65) of the tilting guide unit (60). For example, a gap or space in which the tilting guide unit (60) can move may exist between the upper surface (6A) of the tilting guide unit (60) and the OIS moving unit (e.g., the sensor base (270)). For example, the upper surface (6A) of the tilting guide unit (60) may be spaced apart from the OIS moving unit (e.g., the sensor base (270)) or the lower surface of the sensor base (270).

A second electromagnetic force (F2) can be generated by the interaction between the second magnet unit (310B) and the second coil unit (230B). For example, the second electromagnetic force (F2) can be applied in an upward or downward direction.

The OIS moving part can be tilted about the first axis (or the first protrusion (65)) by the second electromagnetic force (F2). For example, the OIS moving part can be tilted about the first axis by the second electromagnetic force (F2). Here, the first-axis tilting can mean that the OIS moving part is tilted based on the first axis or that the OIS moving part is rotated by a preset angle with the first axis as the rotation axis.

For example, the tilting guide part (60) may come into contact with a fixed part (e.g., housing (210)) by tilting the first or second axis, and at this time, the fixed part may act as a stopper to suppress the tilt of the OIS moving part.

Fig. 16c shows an arrangement of magnet units (310A, 310B) according to a modified example of Fig. 16a. Referring to Fig. 16c, a first surface (e.g., an upper surface) of a first magnet unit (310A) facing or opposing a first coil unit (230A) in the optical axis direction and a first surface (e.g., an upper surface) of a second magnet unit (310B) facing or opposing a second coil unit (230B) in the optical axis direction may have the same polarity. For example, the first surface of the first magnet unit (310A) and the first surface of the second magnet unit (310B) may be an N pole (or S pole), and the second surface of the first magnet unit (310A) and the second surface of the second magnet unit (310B) may be an S pole (or N pole).

FIG. 16d shows electromagnetic forces (F11, F12) according to the interaction between magnet units (310A1, 310B1) and coil units (230A, 230B) according to another embodiment.

Referring to FIG. 16d, the first magnet unit (310A1) may be a magnet divided or arranged into one N pole and one S pole in the first axis direction. The second magnet unit (310B1) may be a magnet divided or arranged into one N pole and one S pole in the second axis direction. For example, the first surface of the first magnet unit (310A1) may include an N pole and a S pole, and the first surface of the second magnet unit (310B1) may include an N pole and a S pole.

A first electromagnetic force (F11) resulting from the interaction between the first magnet unit (310A1) and the first coil unit (230A) can act in a direction different from the optical axis (e.g., in the first axis direction). A second electromagnetic force (F12) resulting from the interaction between the second magnet unit (310B1) and the second coil unit (230) can act in a direction different from the optical axis (e.g., in the second axis direction).

For example, a first electromagnetic force (F11) resulting from the interaction between the first magnet unit (310A1) and the first coil unit (230A) may act in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. In addition, a second electromagnetic force (F12) resulting from the interaction between the second magnet unit (310B1) and the second coil unit (230B) may act in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. For example, F11 and F12 may act in intersecting directions (e.g., perpendicular directions).

In FIG. 16d, the first pole of the first magnet unit (310A1) may be arranged closer to the tilting guide part (60) than the second pole of the first magnet unit (310A1). Also, the second pole of the second magnet unit (310B1) may be arranged closer to the tilting guide part (60) than the first pole of the second magnet unit (310B1). Alternatively, the first pole of the first magnet unit (310A1) may be positioned on the inside, and the second pole of the first magnet unit (310A1) may be positioned on the outside. On the other hand, the first pole of the second magnet unit (310B1) may be positioned on the outside, and the second pole of the second magnet unit (310B1) may be positioned on the inside. For example, the first pole may be a N pole (or S pole) and the second pole may be a S pole (or N pole). In another embodiment, the first magnet unit (310A1) and the second magnet unit (310B1) may be arranged so that their opposite polarities are closer to the tilting guide portion (60). The description of the magnetic field balancing of the embodiment of Fig. 16a may be applied or analogically applied to the embodiment of Fig. 16d.

In another embodiment, the first magnet unit (310A1) and the second magnet unit (310B1) may be arranged so that the same polarity (e.g., N pole or S pole) is closer to the tilting guide portion (60).

The OIS moving part can be tilted about the second axis (or the second protrusion (66)) by the first electromagnetic force (F11). For example, the OIS moving part can be tilted about the second axis by the first electromagnetic force (F11). The OIS moving part can be tilted about the first axis (or the first protrusion (65)) by the second electromagnetic force (F12). For example, the OIS moving part can be tilted about the first axis by the second electromagnetic force (F12).

In FIGS. 16a, 16c, and 16d, the yoke (380) can serve to increase the electromagnetic force (F1, F2, F11, F12) (or driving force).

In FIGS. 16A to 16D, the OIS moving part can be tilted based on the first axis or the second axis in the diagonal direction by the magnet units (310A, 310B), the coil units (230A, 230B), and the tilting guide part (60). In another embodiment, the arrangement of the magnet units (310A, 310B) and the coil units (230A, 230B), and the arrangement of the axes according to the protrusions (65, 66) of the tilting guide part can be changed to enable X-axis tilting or Y-axis tilting.

In a camera device (hereinafter, “Comparative Example 1”) in which the image sensor is fixed and the lens is moved in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis for shake correction or shake compensation, image distortion may occur. In addition, in a camera device (hereinafter, “Comparative Example 2”) in which the lens is fixed without moving but the image sensor is moved or tilted for shake correction or shake compensation, image distortion may occur at the edge or corner of the image sensor. In Comparative Examples 1 and 2, since the image sensor and the lens are separated and only one of the image sensor and the lens is moved or tilted, image distortion may occur during shake correction, and shake correction at a high wide angle may be difficult.

In an embodiment, for shake correction, the OIS driving unit may tilt the OIS moving unit (100) based on the first axis or the second axis or rotate it within a preset angle range. In an embodiment, since the OIS moving unit (100) includes a lens module (400) and an image sensor (810), when the OIS is driven, the tilting direction (or rotation direction) and the tilting angle (or rotation angle) of the lens module (400, e.g., a lens or lens module) (or bobbin (110)) may be the same as or nearly the same as the tilting direction (or rotation direction) and the tilting angle (or rotation angle) of the image sensor (810).

In the embodiment, since the lens module (400) (or bobbin (110)) and the image sensor (810) tilt or rotate together when the OIS is driven, there is no image distortion, 100% image resolution can be obtained, and high-angle shake correction or shake correction can be possible.

In addition, since the OIS moving part including the lens module (400) (or bobbin (110)) and the image sensor (810) tilts or rotates in the embodiment, even if shake occurs in the camera device, image degradation does not occur in the center of the image sensor and the outer part of the image sensor (e.g., the corner or corner area of the image sensor). Accordingly, the embodiment can perform shake correction in a wide band. In addition, since the embodiment can perform image correction without mechanical distortion, the load received during image processing is less than in Comparative Examples 1 and 2, so that current consumption can be reduced.

In addition, since in the embodiment, a tilting guide member (60) is used for tilting the OIS moving member, compared to examples that only use a ball member or a shaft member, the OIS moving member can be tilted stably, precisely, and accurately, thereby improving the reliability of the OIS operation.

In addition, in the embodiment, the power consumption required for driving the OIS can be reduced by the bending portion (804D, 804E) and the third portion (804C) of the fourth substrate (804), which is a flexible substrate of the circuit board (800).

In addition, in the embodiment, since the tilting guide part (60) is placed within the mounting part (69) of the housing (210) and the joining part (49) of the housing (210) overlaps with the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60), the height or length in the optical axis direction of the camera device (200) can be reduced.

In addition, in the embodiment, since at least a part of the magnetic body (31) is placed within the opening (60A) of the tilting guide part (60), the distance between the magnetic body (31) and the magnetic body (33) can be reduced, and thus the repulsive force or holding force for supporting the OIS moving part can be increased, thereby enabling stable OIS operation.

In addition, in the embodiment, since the first magnet unit (310A) and the second magnet unit (310B), which are driving magnets for image stabilization, are arranged on the lower part (42) of the housing (210) rather than on the side parts (71A to 71D) of the housing (210), the thickness (or the length in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis) of the side parts (71A to 71D) of the housing (210) can be reduced, and thus, the camera can be designed so as to be able to mount a large-diameter lens.

Fig. 17 is a perspective view of a camera device (200) including a lens module (400).

Referring to FIG. 17, the lens module (400) can be coupled with the bobbin (100) and can move together with the bobbin (110) in the optical axis direction. For example, the lens module (400) can include at least one of a lens and a lens barrel. In an embodiment, when performing shake correction or shake correction, the lens module (400) and the image sensor (810) can be simultaneously tilted in the first axis or the second axis in the same direction and by the same angle.

Fig. 18a shows the first position of the OIS moving part (100), and Fig. 18b shows the second position of the OIS moving part (100).

Referring to FIGS. 16A, 18A, and 18B, the OIS moving unit (100) can be tilted about the second axis by a preset angle (θ1) based on the second axis by a force (F1) resulting from the interaction between the first magnet unit (310A) and the first coil unit (310A). That is, when the OIS moving unit (100) moves from the first position to the second position, both the image sensor (810) and the lens module (400) can be tilted simultaneously by the preset angle (θ1). In addition, when the OIS moving unit (100) moves from the first position to the second position, the tilting guide unit (60) can be tilted by the preset angle (θ1) together with the image sensor (810) and the lens module (400).

Fig. 18c shows the third position of the OIS moving part (100).

Referring to FIG. 18c, the OIS moving unit (100) can be tilted along the first axis by a preset angle (θ2) based on the first axis by a force (F2) resulting from the interaction between the second magnet unit (310B) and the second coil unit (310B). For example, when the OIS moving unit (100) moves from the first position to the third position, both the image sensor (810) and the lens module (400) can be tilted simultaneously by the preset angle (θ2).

Since the image sensor (810) and the lens module (400) are simultaneously tilted together with respect to the first axis or the second axis by force (F1) or force (F2), the embodiment can obtain 100% image resolution without image distortion, and high-angle shake correction or shake correction can be possible.

For example, when viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis, the first axis may be a first diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (100), and the second axis may be a second diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (100). For example, the first diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit may be a first diagonal direction of any one of the holder (140), the sensor base (270), or the first substrate (801) of the circuit board (900). Additionally, the second diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit may be a second diagonal direction of any one of the holder (140), the sensor base (270), or the first substrate (801) of the circuit board (900).

In another embodiment, when viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis, the first axis may be a first diagonal direction of the fixing portion, and the second axis may be a second diagonal direction of the fixing portion. For example, the first diagonal direction of the fixing portion may be a first diagonal direction of the housing (210) or the cover member (300). Additionally, the second diagonal direction of the fixing portion may be a second diagonal direction of the housing (210) or the cover member (300).

For example, the first diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (100) (or the fixed unit) may be a direction intersecting the second direction (e.g., the X-axis direction) or the third direction, and the second diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (100) (or the fixed unit) may be a direction intersecting the second direction (e.g., the X-axis direction) or the third direction. The first diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (100) and the second diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (100) may intersect each other. For example, the first diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (100) and the second diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (100) may be perpendicular to each other.

In another embodiment, the first axis may be a first horizontal direction of the OIS moving part (100) (or the fixed part), and the second axis may be a second horizontal direction of the OIS moving part (100) (or the fixed part).

Fig. 19 shows another modified embodiment (200-1) of Fig. 14a.

Referring to FIG. 19, the camera device (200-1) may omit the magnetic body (33) in the camera device (200), and the support member (64-1) may play the role of the omitted magnetic body (33). In FIG. 19, the support member (64-1) may be expressed by replacing it with a “magnetic body.”

The magnetic body (64-1) can be coupled with the sensor base (270). For example, the magnetic body (64-1) can be coupled with the extension (217) of the sensor base (270). For example, the magnetic body (64-1) can be coupled with the extension (217) of the sensor base (270) by an adhesive. Or, for example, the magnetic body (64-1) can be coupled with the extension (217) of the sensor base (270) by a pin-hole coupling or a male-female coupling. For example, one of the extension (217) and the magnetic body (64-1) can be a pin (or hole), and the other of the extension (217) and the magnetic body (64-1) can be a hole (or pin).

The description of the magnetic body (33) and the description of the support member (64) can be applied or analogically applied to the magnetic body (64-1) of Fig. 19. A repulsive force can be applied between the magnetic body (31) and the magnetic body (64-1), and the magnetic body (31) and the magnetic body (64-1) can play a role in supporting the OIS moving part.

In the embodiment of Fig. 19, the magnetic body (33) is omitted and the support member (64-1) acts as the magnetic body, so that, compared to the embodiment of Fig. 14a, the same performance as the embodiment of Fig. 14a can be performed while reducing the number of parts and reducing the weight of the camera device.

FIG. 20 is a perspective view of a camera device (1200) according to an embodiment, FIG. 21a is a first exploded perspective view of the camera device (1200) of FIG. 1, FIG. 21b is a second exploded perspective view of the camera device (1200) of FIG. 1, FIG. 22 is a perspective view of the camera device (1200) excluding the cover member (1300), FIG. 23a is a cross-sectional view of the camera device (1200) in the AB direction of FIG. 22, FIG. 23b is a cross-sectional view of the camera device (1200) in the CD direction of FIG. 22, FIG. 23c is a cross-sectional view of the camera device (1200) in the EF direction of FIG. 22, FIG. 23d is a cross-sectional view of the camera device (1200) in the GH direction of FIG. 22, and FIG. 23e is a cross-sectional view of the camera device (1200) in the IJ direction of FIG. 22. is a cross-sectional view, and FIG. 23f is a cross-sectional view of the camera device (1200) in the KM direction of FIG. 22, FIG. 23g is a cross-sectional view showing a protrusion (1311) of a cover member (1300), FIG. 24 is an exploded perspective view of a bobbin (1110), a cloud member (1021), and a magnet (1130), and FIG. 25 is an exploded perspective view of a bobbin (1110), a holder (1140), a sensor base (1270), and a housing (1210), and FIG. 26a is a first exploded perspective view of a holder (1140), a filter (1610), a circuit board (1800), a sensor base (1270), a tilting guide portion (1060), a support member (1064), and an elastic member (1033) of FIG. 26a, and FIG. 26b is a cross-sectional view of the holder (1140), the filter (1610), and the circuit board of FIG. A second separated perspective view of a substrate (1800), a sensor base (1270), a tilting guide portion (1060), a support member (1064), and an elastic member (1033), FIG. 26c is a combined perspective view of a sensor base (1270) and a circuit board (1800), FIG. 26d is a combined perspective view of a sensor base (1270), a support member (1064), and an elastic member (1033), FIG. 27 is a perspective view of a holder (1140), a cloud member (1021), a coil (1120), a position sensor (1170), a circuit board (1800), and a sensor base (1270), FIG. 28a is a front perspective view of a tilting guide portion (1060), FIG. 28b is a rear perspective view of a tilting guide portion (1060), and FIG. 28c is a tilting FIG. 28 is a front perspective view of the guide part (1060-1) and the first ball members (1065A1, 1065B1), FIG. 28d is a rear perspective view of the tilting guide part (1060-1) and the second ball members (1066A1, 1066B1) of FIG. 28c, FIG. 29a is an exploded perspective view of the housing (1210), the magnets (1310A, 1310B), the yoke (1380), and the movement restraining part (1080), FIG. 29b is a combined perspective view of the housing (1210), the magnets (1310A, 1310B), the yoke (1380), and the movement restraining part (1080), FIG. 29c is a lower perspective view of the housing (1210), and FIG. 30a is a cover member (1300), A perspective view of a holder (1140), a sensor base (1270), a circuit board (1800), an elastic member (1033), a tilting guide portion (1060), and a reinforcing member (1070), and FIG. 30b shows a reinforcing member (1070-1) according to another embodiment, and FIG. 31 is a perspective view of a housing (1210), magnets (1310A, 1310B), a movement restraining portion (1080), and a tilting guide portion (1060), and FIG. 32 is a perspective view of a housing (1210), an extension portion (1217) of the sensor base (1270), a support member (1064), and an elastic member (1033).

Referring to FIGS. 20 to 32, the camera device (1200) may include a fixed portion, an AF moving portion, an OIS moving portion (1100), and a support portion. The OIS moving portion (1100) may be expressed as a “moving portion,” a “shaking portion,” or a “moving portion.”

The fixture may be a fixed element. That is, the fixture may not move in the direction of the optical axis. Or, the fixture may not move or tilt in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. Also, a configuration coupled to the fixture may correspond to the fixture.

The fixture may include a housing (1210). The fixture may include a cover member (1300). For example, the fixture may include a configuration disposed or coupled to the housing (1210) or the cover member (1300). For example, the fixture may include at least one of a magnet (1310) disposed in the housing (1210) and a movement restraining member (1080).

The AF moving unit can move in the optical axis direction with respect to the fixed unit. For example, the AF moving unit may include a bobbin (1110). In another embodiment, the AF moving unit may further include a component (e.g., a magnet (1130)) coupled to the bobbin (1110). In another embodiment, the AF moving unit may further include a lens module (1400, see FIG. 36) coupled to the bobbin (1110).

The OIS moving unit (1100, see FIG. 21a) can move left and right or tilt around a first axis (e.g., Pitch) that intersects the optical axis with respect to the fixed unit. In addition, the OIS moving unit can move left and right or tilt around a second axis (e.g., Yaw) that intersects the optical axis with respect to the fixed unit. For example, the first axis can be perpendicular to the optical axis direction, and the second axis can be perpendicular to the optical axis direction and the first axis. For example, the first axis can intersect the X-axis or the Y-axis. For example, the second axis can intersect the X-axis or the Y-axis. For example, the first axis and the second axis can be perpendicular to each other. In other embodiments, for example, the first axis can be one of the X-axis and the Y-axis, and the second axis can be the other one of the X-axis and the Y-axis.

For example, the OIS moving unit (1100) may include an AF moving unit. In addition, the OIS moving unit may include an image sensor (1810). The OIS moving unit (1100) may include a circuit board (1800) on which the image sensor (1810) is placed. In addition, the OIS moving unit (1100) may include a sensor base (1270) on which at least a portion of the circuit board (1800) is placed. In addition, the OIS moving unit may include a holder (1140) coupled with the sensor base (1270).

The OIS moving unit (1100) may be expressed as a first moving unit (or first moving unit), and the AF moving unit may be expressed as a second moving unit (or second moving unit). For example, the first moving unit may include a sensor base (1270) and a circuit board (1800).

Additionally, for example, the OIS moving unit (1100) may include a configuration that is arranged or coupled to at least one of the holder (1140), the sensor base (1270), and the circuit board (1800). For example, the OIS moving unit (1100) may include a filter (1610) arranged to the holder (1140). For example, the OIS moving unit (1100) may include a support member (1064) that is coupled to the sensor base (1270).

For example, the OIS moving part (1100) may include an elastic member (1033) coupled with a support member (1064). The support member (1064) may include a coupling portion (1093A) coupled with a portion (or one end) of the elastic member (1033). The coupling portion (1093A) of the support member (1064) may include a groove coupled with a portion (or one end) of the elastic member (1033).

The fixed member may include a coupling member (1049) that couples with another portion (or end) of the elastic member (1033). The coupling member (1049) of the fixed member may include a groove that couples with another portion (or end) of the elastic member (1033).

For example, the OIS moving part (1100) may include at least one of an image sensor (1810), sensors (1170, 1240), coils (120, 230), circuit elements (1815), and a control part (1830) arranged on a circuit board (1800).

In addition, the OIS moving unit (1100) may include a moving module (or tilting module) and a supporting member (1064). For example, the moving module (or tilting module) may include at least one of the remaining components of the OIS moving unit (1100) described above, excluding the supporting member (1064).

For example, the moving module (or tilting module) may include a lens module (1400) and an image sensor (1810). Also, for example, the moving module (or tilting module) may include a sensor base (1270). Also, for example, the moving module (or tilting module) may further include at least one of a holder (1140) and a circuit board (1800). For example, the moving module (or tilting module) may be tiltable about a first axis or a second axis. For example, the moving module may be expressed as a “mover.”

The support member can support the OIS moving member relative to the fixed member, for example, the support member can include a tilting guide member (1060). In other embodiments, for example, the support member can further include a cloud member (e.g., a ball member) or a sliding member (e.g., a shaft).

The bobbin (1110) may be placed within the holder (1140) to accommodate a lens or lens barrel. Alternatively, the bobbin (1110) may be placed within the cover member (1300). The bobbin (100) may be placed within the cover member (1300). The bobbin (1110) may also be expressed as a “lens holder” or a “lens carrier”.

The bobbin (1110) can move in the direction of the optical axis. For example, the bobbin (1110) can move in a first direction (e.g., the Z-axis direction) by the electromagnetic interaction between the coil (1120) and the magnet (1130). The coil (1120) and the magnet (1130) can be an AF driving unit that moves or drives the AF moving unit. In addition, the bobbin (1110) can be included in the OIS moving unit (1100), and the bobbin (1110) can be tilted or rotated by a preset angle based on the first axis or the second axis.

Referring to FIG. 24, the bobbin (1110) may include an opening (1101) for coupling with a lens module (1400). The opening (1101) may be a hole or hollow that penetrates the bobbin (1110) in the direction of the optical axis. The shape of the opening (1101) of the bobbin (1110) may match the shape of the lens module (1400) to be mounted or coupled, and may be, for example, circular, oval, or polygonal, but is not limited thereto.

Although not shown in FIG. 20, the bobbin (1110) may include at least one stopper arranged on at least one of the upper and lower surfaces. The stopper of the bobbin (1110) may have a structure that protrudes in a first direction or an upward direction (or a downward direction) from the upper surface (or lower surface) of the bobbin (1110), and may prevent the upper surface (or lower surface) of the bobbin (1110) from directly colliding with the inner surface of the upper plate (1301) of the cover member (1300) (or the lower surface of the holder (1140)).

The bobbin (1110) may include a mounting portion (1115) for mounting or placing a magnet (1130). For example, the mounting portion (1115) may be a recessed groove from the outer surface of the bobbin (1110).

Referring to FIG. 25, the bobbin (1110) may include a plurality of sides (110A to 110D) or outer sides. For example, the bobbin (1110) may include a first side (1110A), a second side (1110B), a third side (1110C), and a fourth side (1110D).

For example, the second side (1110B) may face the first side (1110A) or may be positioned opposite the first side (1110A) with respect to the optical axis (OA). The third side (1110C) and the fourth side (1110D) may be positioned between the first side (1110A) and the second side (1110B). For example, the fourth side (1110D) may face the third side (1110C) or may be positioned opposite the third side (1110C) with respect to the optical axis (OA). Although FIG. 25 illustrates that the bobbin (1110) includes four sides, other embodiments may include three or more than five sides.

For example, the anchoring portion (1115) may be formed on the first side (1110A) of the bobbin. For example, the lower portion of the anchoring portion (1115) may be closed without being opened to the lower surface of the bobbin (1110). Also, the upper portion of the anchoring portion (1115) may be closed without being opened to the upper surface of the bobbin (1110). In other embodiments, for example, the anchoring portion (1115) may include an opening that opens to at least one of the upper surface or the lower surface of the bobbin (1110).

The bobbin (1110) may include a receiving portion (1112) for receiving at least a portion of the cloud member (1021). For example, at least a portion of the receiving portion (1112) may be disposed on a first side (1110A) of the bobbin (1110). The receiving portion (1112) may be a groove that is recessed from an outer surface of the bobbin (1110) (e.g., the first side (1110A)). The receiving portion (1112) may also be expressed as a “receiving groove,” a “groove,” or a “guide groove.” A lubricant (e.g., grease) may be disposed within the receiving portion (1112) of the bobbin (1110) to reduce friction with the cloud member (1021).

For example, the bobbin (1110) may include a first receiving portion (1112A) for receiving a cloud member (1021A) and a second receiving portion (1112B) for receiving a cloud member (1021B). For example, the fixing portion (1115) may be positioned between the first receiving portion (1112A) and the second receiving portion (1112B).

For example, the first receiving portion (1112A) (or the second receiving portion (1112B)) may include an opening that opens to the upper surface of the bobbin (1110). In another embodiment, the upper portion of the receiving portion (1112A, 1112B) may be closed without opening to the upper surface of the bobbin (1110). For example, the lower portion of the receiving portion (1112A, 1112B) may be closed without opening to the lower surface of the bobbin (1110). For example, the receiving portion (1112) may be formed to extend in the optical axis direction. For example, the receiving portion (1112) may be extended in the optical axis direction so as to be formed between the upper and lower surfaces of the bobbin (1110).

For example, when viewed from above, the shape of the receiving portion (1112) may be a triangle, but is not limited thereto, and may be a polygon (e.g., a square or a pentagon, etc.). Or, for example, when viewed from above, the receiving portion (1112) may be a 'V' or 'U' shape.

The magnet (1130) can be placed, coupled, or fixed to the bobbin (1110). For example, the magnet (1130) can be placed or coupled to the first side (1110A) of the bobbin (1110). For example, the magnet (1130) can be placed within the mounting portion (1115) of the bobbin (1110) or coupled with the mounting portion (1115). For example, the magnet (1130) can be placed between the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B).

The shape of the magnet (1130) may have a shape corresponding to the first side (1110A) of the bobbin (1110), for example, a rectangular parallelepiped shape. In another embodiment, for example, at least one of the two ends of the magnet (1130) may have a tapered shape.

For example, the magnet (1130) may include a first side (1013A) facing the coil (1120) and a second side (1013B) opposite the first side (1013A). The first side (1013A) of the magnet (1130) may be exposed from the first side (1110A) of the bobbin (1110).

In addition, in order to improve the electromagnetic force, the magnet (1130) may be a four-pole magnet. For example, the magnet (1130) may include two N poles and two S poles. For example, the magnet (1130) may include a first magnet including an N pole and a S pole, a second magnet including an S pole and an N pole, and a partition wall disposed between the first magnet and the second magnet. In this case, the partition wall may include a section having almost no polarity, which is a substantially non-magnetic portion, and may be filled with air or made of a non-magnetic material, and may be expressed as a "neutral zone." For example, the first magnet and the second magnet may face each other in the optical axis direction, and the first magnet and the second magnet may be disposed to face each other with different polarities in the optical axis direction.

In another embodiment, the magnet (1130) may be a bipolar magnet having two different polarities and a naturally formed interface between the different polarities. For example, in another embodiment, the magnet (1130) may include one N pole and one S pole. For example, the magnet (1130) may be a magnet in which the N pole and the S pole are separated or arranged in the direction of the optical axis. In another embodiment, the magnet (1130) may be a bipolar magnet in which the N pole and the S pole are separated in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis.

The holder (1140) may be arranged on the inside of the cover member (1300). The holder (1140) may include a cavity for receiving the bobbin (1110). The holder (1140) may include an opening (1030A) corresponding to the opening (1101) of the bobbin (1110). For example, the opening (1030A) may be a through hole or hollow for exposing at least a portion of the bobbin (1110) (or the lens module (1400)). Also, for example, the opening (1030A) of the holder (1140) may expose an imaging area of the image sensor (1810). The holder (1140) may also be expressed as a “housing” instead. For example, the opening (1030A) may be located at the center or a central region of the holder (1140). For example, the opening (1030A) of the holder (1140) may be a through hole or hollow that penetrates the holder (1140) in the direction of the optical axis. The opening (1030A) of the holder (1140) may have a shape corresponding to the shape of the bobbin (1110), for example, a polygon (e.g., a square or an octagon) or a circle (or an oval), but is not limited thereto and may have various shapes.

The holder (1140) may include a plurality of sides (1041A to 1041D). The holder (1140) may include a corner positioned between two adjacent sides and connecting the two adjacent sides. The holder (1140) may include a first side (1041A) corresponding to or opposite a first side (1110A) of the bobbin (1110), a second side (1041B) corresponding to or opposite a second side (1110B) of the bobbin (1110), a third side (1041C) corresponding to or opposite a third side (1110C) of the bobbin (1110), and a fourth side (1041D) corresponding to or opposite a fourth side (1110D) of the bobbin (1110).

The first side (1041A) (or the first side or the first outer side) of the holder (1140) can be positioned opposite the second side (1041B) (or the second side or the second outer side) of the holder (1140) with respect to the optical axis, and the third side (1041C) (or the third side or the third outer side) of the holder (1140) can be positioned opposite the fourth side (1041D) (or the fourth side or the fourth outer side) of the holder (1140) with respect to the optical axis. Each of the first to fourth sides (1041A to 1041D) of the holder (1140) can be arranged parallel to a corresponding one of the side plates (302) of the cover member (1300).

Referring to FIGS. 26A and 26B, the holder (1140) may include a mounting portion (1142A) for placing the coil (1120). For example, the mounting portion (1142A) may be placed or formed on the first side (1041A) of the holder (1140). For example, the mounting portion (1142A) may be a through hole penetrating the first side (1041A) of the holder (1140). Since the mounting portion (1142A) is in the form of a through hole, a part of the holder (1140) may not be interposed between the coil (1120) and the magnet (1130), and thus, the electromagnetic force between the magnet (1130) and the coil (1120) may increase. In addition, since a part of the holder (1140) may not be interposed between the position sensor (1170) and the magnet (1130), the output of the position sensor (1170) can be increased, and the sensitivity of the position sensor (1170) can be improved. In addition, since a part of the holder (1140) is not interposed between the coil (1120) and the magnet (1130), the size of the camera device can be reduced. In another embodiment, the mounting portion (1142A) may be a groove shape that is recessed from the outer surface (or inner surface) of the first side portion (1041A) of the holder (1140).

The holder (1140) may include a groove (1142) for placing at least a portion of the circuit board (1800), for example, at least a portion of the second substrate (1802). Since at least a portion of the second substrate (1802) is placed within the groove (1142) of the holder (1140), the second substrate (1802) and the magnetic body (1082) may not protrude from the outer surface of the first side (1041A) of the holder (1140) or may not protrude excessively from the outer surface of the first side (1041A). That is, the second substrate (1802) and the magnetic body (1082) may protrude less than the sum of the thicknesses of the second substrate (1802) and the magnetic body (1082) with respect to the outer surface of the first side (1041A) of the holder (1140). This can prevent the size of the camera device (1200) from increasing in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis.

Referring to FIGS. 26A and 26B , the holder (1140) may include a receiving portion (1116) for arranging or receiving at least another portion of the cloud member (1021). For example, at least a portion of the receiving portion (1116) may be arranged on the first side (1041A) of the holder (1140). The receiving portion (1116) may be a groove that is recessed from an inner surface of the holder (e.g., an inner surface of the first side (1041A)). The receiving portion (1116) may also be expressed as a “receiving groove,” a “groove,” or a “guide groove.” At least a portion of the receiving portion (1116) of the holder (1140) may correspond to, oppose, or overlap with the receiving portion (1112) of the bobbin (1110).

For example, the holder (1140) may include a first receiving portion (1116A) for receiving at least another portion of the first cloud member (1021A; B1, B2) and a second receiving portion (1116B) for receiving at least another portion of the second cloud member (1021B; B3, B4). For example, the mounting portion (1142A) of the holder (1140) may be positioned between the first receiving portion (1116A) and the second receiving portion (1116B) of the holder (1140).

For example, the first receiving portion (1116A) (or the second receiving portion (1116B)) may include an opening that opens to the upper surface of the holder (1140). In another embodiment, the upper portion of the receiving portion (1116) may be closed without opening to the upper surface of the holder (1140). For example, the lower portion of the receiving portion (1116) may be closed without opening to the lower surface of the holder (1140). For example, the receiving portion (1116) may be formed to extend in the optical axis direction. For example, the receiving portion (1116) may be extended in the optical axis direction so as to be formed between the upper and lower surfaces of the holder (1140). For example, when viewed from above, the shape of the receiving portion (1116) of the holder (1140) may be a triangular shape, but is not limited thereto, and may be a polygon (e.g., a square or a pentagon, etc.). Or, for example, when viewed from above, the receiving portion (1116) may be shaped like a 'V' or a 'U'.

For example, when viewed in the direction of the optical axis or from above, the receiving portion (1116) may face or overlap the top plate (1301) of the cover member (1300). For example, at least a portion of the top plate (1301) of the cover member (1300) may cover the receiving portion (1116).

The camera device (1200) may include a cloud member (1021) disposed between the bobbin (1110) and the holder (1140). The cloud member (1021) may be expressed as a “ball member”, a “ball”, or a “ball bearing”.

At least a part of the cloud member (1021) can be in contact with the bobbin (1110) and the holder (1140), and can support movement of the bobbin (1110) in the optical axis direction by performing a rolling motion or a rotating motion between the bobbin (1110) and the holder (1140). When the bobbin (1110) is moved in the optical axis direction, the cloud member (1021) can reduce friction between the bobbin (1110) and the holder (1140). For the rolling motion or the rotating of the cloud member (1021), the bobbin (1110) can be slid or slipped in the optical axis direction by contacting the cloud member (1021).

For example, the cloud member (1021) may be made of, but is not limited to, a metal material, a plastic material, or a resin material. The cloud member (1021) may have a circular shape and may have a diameter sufficient to support movement of the bobbin (1110) in the optical axis direction.

For example, the cloud member (1021) can be disposed between the outer surface of the bobbin (1110) and the inner surface of the holder (1140). For example, the cloud member (1021) can be disposed between the first side (1110A) of the bobbin (1110) and the first side (1041A) of the holder (1140). For example, the cloud member (1021) can be disposed between the receiving portion (1112) of the bobbin (1110) and the receiving portion (1116) of the holder (1140). For example, at least a portion of the cloud member (1021) can be in contact with the receiving portion (1112) of the bobbin (1110), and at least another portion of the cloud member (1021) can be in contact with the receiving portion (1116) of the holder (1140).

The cloud member (1021) may include at least one ball member. For example, the cloud member (1021) may include two or more ball members (B1 to B4). For example, the cloud member (1021) may include a first cloud member (1021A) disposed between a first receiving portion (1112A) of the bobbin (1110) and a first receiving portion (1116A) of the holder (1140), and a second cloud member (1021B) disposed between a second receiving portion (1112B) of the bobbin (1110) and a second receiving portion (1116B) of the holder (1140). For example, the first cloud member (1021A) may include at least one ball. For example, the first cloud member (1021A) may include a plurality of balls (B1, B2).

The second cloud member (1021B) may include at least one ball. For example, the second cloud member (1021B) may include a plurality of balls (B3, B4). In other embodiments, each of the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B) may include one ball.

For example, each of the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B) may include three or more balls. For example, each of the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B) may include a top ball located at the uppermost position, a bottom ball located at the lowermost position, and at least one intermediate ball located between the top ball and the lowest ball. For example, a diameter of the top ball may be larger than a diameter of the middle ball, and a diameter of the lowest ball may be larger than a diameter of the middle ball. Also, for example, the diameters of the top ball and the lowest ball may be equal to each other. In another embodiment, the diameters of the top ball, the diameters of the lowest ball, and the diameters of the intermediate ball may be equal to each other.

For example, each of the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B) may include a first ball (the highest ball), a second ball (the lowest ball), and a third ball (the middle ball) arranged in the direction of the optical axis, and the diameter of the first ball may be larger than the diameter of the third ball. In addition, the diameter of the second ball may be larger than the diameter of the third ball. For example, the diameters of the first ball and the third ball may be the same. In another embodiment, the diameter of the first ball may be larger than the diameter of the second ball. In another embodiment, the diameter of the first ball may be smaller than the diameter of the second ball. In another embodiment, the diameters of the first ball, the second ball, and the third ball may be the same.

For example, the diameter of the first ball and the diameter of the second ball may each be 0.85 [mm] or more and 0.95 [mm] or less, and the diameter of the third ball may be 0.75 [mm] or more and 0.85 [mm] or less.

In another embodiment, each of the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B) may include four balls, and the diameter of the upper ball and the diameter of the lower ball may be equal to or greater than 0.85 [mm] and equal to or less than 0.95 [mm], and the diameter of each of the two middle balls may be equal to or greater than 0.75 [mm] and equal to or less than 0.85 [mm].

When viewed from above, the coil (1120) and the magnet (1130) can be positioned between the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B). Accordingly, when the bobbin (1110) moves in the optical axis direction, the bobbin (1110) can be prevented from tilting and moving, the cloud member (1021) can stably support the bobbin (1110), and the reliability of auto-focusing can be improved.

In another embodiment, each of the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B) may be in the form of a shaft or a roller. In another embodiment, a sliding member (e.g., a shaft) or a roller may be included instead of the ball member (1021A, 1021B).

The camera device (1200) may include a magnet (1130) and a magnetic body (1082) on which an attractive force acts. For example, an attractive force may act between the magnetic body (1082) and the magnet (1130) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis (or a second direction). For example, the magnetic body (1082) may be placed in the holder (1140). In another embodiment, the magnetic body (1082) may be placed in the housing (1210).

The magnetic body (1082) may be made of a material that is attracted to a magnet. For example, the magnetic body (1082) may be made of a metal material. Or, for example, the magnetic body (1082) may be made of a magnetic metal material. Or, for example, the magnetic body (1082) may be a magnet.

The magnet (1082) may be expressed as a “yoke” or a “metal plate”. The magnet (1082) may serve to enhance or increase the electromagnetic force between the magnet (1130) and the coil (1120).

Since the magnet (1130) is placed on the bobbin (1110) and the magnetic body (1082) is placed on the holder (1140), the bobbin (1110) can be pulled toward the holder (1140) where the magnetic body (1082) is placed by the attractive force acting between the magnetic body (1082) and the magnet (1130). By the attractive force between the magnetic body (1082) and the magnet (1130), the bobbin (1110) and the holder (1140) can press the cloud member (1021), and the bobbin (1110) can be stably supported. The magnetic body (1082) and the magnet (1130) can be a “pressure unit” or a “pressure member”. When the bobbin (1110) moves in the optical axis direction by the pressurizing unit, contact can be maintained between the bobbin (1110) and the cloud member (1021) and between the holder (1140) and the cloud member (1021). That is, the cloud member (1021) can stably support the bobbin (1110) with respect to the holder (1140) by the attractive force between the magnet (1130) and the magnetic body (1082).

In another embodiment, the magnet (1130) may be placed in the holder (1140) and the coil (1120) may be placed in the bobbin (1110). For example, the magnetic body (1082) may be placed in the holder (1140) together with the magnet (1130). For example, the magnet (1130) may be placed between the magnetic body (1082) and the coil (1120). In another embodiment, the magnetic body (1082) may be placed in the bobbin (1110) together with the coil (1120) opposite the magnet (1130) placed in the holder (1140). Additionally, the camera device (1200) according to another embodiment may further include a conductive member, for example, a conductive member, for electrically connecting a coil (1120) disposed on a bobbin (1110) and a second substrate (1802) of a circuit board (1800).

Referring to FIG. 26B, the holder (1140) may include a mounting portion (1045A) for mounting or placing the filter (1610). The mounting portion (1045A) may be disposed or formed on a lower surface of the holder (1140). For example, the mounting portion (1045A) may be a recessed groove from the lower surface of the holder (1140). For example, the mounting portion (1045A) may include a bottom surface (1005A) having a step in the optical axis direction from the lower surface of the holder (1140) and a side surface (5B) connecting the lower surface of the holder (1140) and the bottom surface (1005A) of the mounting portion (1045A). For example, the opening (1030A) may penetrate the bottom surface (1005A) of the mounting portion (1045A).

The holder (1140) may include a recessed portion (1045B)) positioned or formed in a corner region of the inner surface of the mounting portion (1045A). The recessed portion (1045B)) may have a structure that recesses in a direction from the optical axis toward the corner region of the inner surface of the mounting portion (1045A). The recessed portion (1045B)) may prevent an adhesive (e.g., UV epoxy) for attaching or bonding the filter (1610) to the mounting portion (1045A) from overflowing out of the mounting portion (1045A).

The holder (1140) may include a escape groove (1046) to avoid spatial interference with the circuit element (1815). For example, the escape groove (1046) may be arranged or formed on the lower surface of the holder (1140). For example, the escape groove (1046) may be recessed from the lower surface of the holder (1140). For example, the escape groove (1046) may correspond to, face, or overlap the circuit element (1815) in the optical axis direction. For example, the escape groove (1046) may be located between the mounting portion (1045A) and an edge of the lower surface of the holder (1140). For example, the escape groove (1046) may include a first escape groove (1046A) and a second escape groove (1046B) which are located on opposite sides with respect to the mounting portion (1045A) or the filter (1610). In another embodiment, the escape groove (1046) may include four escape grooves positioned between the four sides of the opening (1030A) and the holder (1140).

The holder (1140) may include a groove (1047) corresponding to the protrusion (1216) of the sensor base (1270). The protrusion (1216) of the sensor base (1270) and the groove (1047) of the holder (1140) may serve as a guide for easy assembly of the sensor base (1270) and the holder (1140), and may increase the bonding area to enhance the bonding force between the sensor base (1270) and the holder (1140).

For example, the groove (1047) may be recessed from the lower surface of the holder (1140). For example, the groove (1047) may be positioned or formed at a corner or corner area of the lower surface of the holder (1140). The groove (1047) of the holder (1140) may have a shape corresponding to the protrusion (1216) of the sensor base (1270). In addition, the holder (1140) may include a groove (1048) or a hole corresponding to the protrusion (1017) of the sensor base (1270). For example, the protrusion (1017) of the sensor base (1270) may be inserted into the groove (1048) of the holder (1140) or may be coupled with the groove (1048). For example, the groove (1048) may be positioned or formed on the bottom surface of the groove (1047) of the holder (1140). For example, the groove (1048) may be recessed from the bottom surface of the groove (1047) of the holder (1140).

In another embodiment, the holder (1140) may include a protrusion protruding from the lower surface of the holder (1140) instead of the groove (1047), and the sensor base (1270) may include a recess recessed from the upper surface of the sensor base (1270) instead of the protrusion (1216) and engaging the protrusion of the holder (1140). Also, in another embodiment, the protrusion (1017) may be formed on the holder (1140) and the groove (1048) may be formed on the sensor base (1270).

The camera device (1200) may include a filter (1610) disposed on or coupled with the holder (1140). For example, the filter (1610) may be disposed below the holder (1140). The filter (1610) may be disposed between the lens module (1400) and the image sensor (1810). For example, the filter (1610) may be coupled with a lower surface of the holder (1140). For example, the filter (1610) may be disposed on a mounting portion (1045A) of the holder (1140).

The filter (1610) may block light of a specific frequency band from passing through the lens module (1400) from entering the image sensor (1810). For example, the filter (1610) may be an infrared blocking filter. For example, the filter (1610) may be arranged parallel to a plane perpendicular to the optical axis (OA).

The filter (1610) can be coupled to the holder (1140) (or the mounting portion (1045A)) by an adhesive (not shown). For example, the edge area of the filter (1610) can be coupled to the bottom surface of the mounting portion (1045A).

For example, the adhesive may be an epoxy, a thermosetting adhesive, an ultraviolet curable adhesive, etc. For example, at least a portion of the filter (1610) may correspond to, face, or overlap with the lens module (1400) or/and the image sensor (1810) in the optical axis direction.

The sensor base (1270) may be positioned under the holder (1140). The sensor base (1270) may be positioned under the filter (1610). For example, the sensor base (1270) may be positioned under the image sensor (1810). For example, the sensor base (1270) may be positioned under the circuit board (1800).

The sensor base (1270) can be combined with the holder (1140). The sensor base (1270) can be expressed as a “holder” instead. In addition, the holder (1140) can be expressed as a “first housing” (or a “first holder”), and the sensor base (1270) can be expressed as a “second housing” (or a “second holder”). In addition, the holder (1140) and the sensor base (1270) can be expressed without being expressed separately, and can be expressed as a single term, for example, a “housing” (or a holder). In another embodiment, the sensor base (1270) and the holder (1140) can be formed integrally. Or, in another embodiment, at least two of the sensor base (1270), the holder (1140), and the support member (1064) can be formed integrally.

For example, the sensor base (1270) may include a protrusion (1216) protruding from the upper surface. The protrusion (1216) may also be expressed as a “pillar.”

For example, the protrusion (1216) may correspond to, face, or overlap with the groove (1047) of the holder (1140) in the optical axis direction. At least a portion of the protrusion (1216) of the sensor base (1270) may be inserted into the groove (1047) of the holder (1140). For example, at least a portion of the protrusion (1216) may be coupled with the groove (1047) of the holder (1140). For example, at least a portion of the protrusion (1216) may be coupled with the groove (1047) of the holder (1140) by an adhesive.

For example, the sensor base (1270) may include a body (1270A) and a protrusion (1216) protruding from the upper surface of the body (1270A). For example, the body (1270A) may have a shape corresponding to the first substrate (1801) of the circuit board (810). For example, the body (1270A) may have a polyhedral shape, for example, a hexahedron. For example, the protrusion (1216) may be arranged at a corner region of the upper surface of the body (1270A). For example, the protrusion (1216) may include four protrusions (1216A to 1216D) arranged at four corner regions of the upper surface of the body (1270A). Additionally, for example, the holder (1140) may include four recesses (1047) corresponding to four protrusions (1216A to 1216D). In another embodiment, the housing (1210) may include at least one protrusion positioned in at least one of four corner regions of the upper surface of the body (270), and the holder (1140) may include at least one recess (1048) corresponding to at least one protrusion of the housing (1210).

The sensor base (1270) or body (1270A) can include sides (1051A to 1051D) that correspond to, oppose, or overlap the sides (1041A to 1041D) of the holder (1140). The sensor base (1270) can include a corner positioned between the sides (1051A to 1051D). For example, the sensor base (1270) can include first to fourth corners.

The camera device (1200) may include a gyro sensor (not shown) disposed on a circuit board (1800). For example, the gyro sensor may be disposed on a first substrate (1801) of the circuit board (1800). For example, the gyro sensor may be disposed, coupled, or fixed to a lower surface of the first substrate (1801). For example, the gyro sensor outputs rotational velocity information due to the movement of the camera device (1200). For example, the gyro sensor may be implemented as a two-axis or three-axis gyro sensor, or an angular velocity sensor. For example, the gyro sensor may be conductively or electrically connected to the first substrate (1801).

In another embodiment, the sensor base (1270) may include a receiving portion in which the gyro sensor is placed or to avoid spatial interference with the gyro sensor (820). For example, the receiving portion may be a through hole penetrating the sensor base (1270) in the direction of the optical axis, or a groove recessed from the upper surface of the sensor base (1270) or the upper surface of the body (1270A). In this case, the receiving portion may include an opening that opens to the outer surface of the sensor base (1270).

The sensor base (1270) may include a receiving portion (1255) in which the control portion (1830) is placed or for receiving the control portion (1830). The receiving portion (1255) may be a groove that is sunken from the upper surface of the sensor base (1270) or the upper surface of the body (1270A). In another embodiment, the receiving portion (1255) may be a through hole that penetrates the sensor base (1270) or the body (1270A) in the direction of the optical axis.

The sensor base (1270) may include a mounting portion (1274A, 1274B) for placing the coil (1230). The mounting portion (1274A, 1274B) may be placed or formed on an upper surface of the sensor base (1270). For example, the mounting portion (1274A, 1274B) may be a groove that is recessed from an upper surface of the sensor base (1270). For example, the sensor base (1270) may include a first mounting portion (1274A) for placing or placing the first coil unit (1230A) and a second mounting portion (1274B) for placing or placing the second coil unit (1230B).

For example, the first mounting portion (1274A) may be formed to be adjacent to or in contact with one of the protrusions (1216A to 1216D) of the sensor base (1270) (e.g., 1216C). For example, the first mounting portion (1274A) may be a groove formed on an upper surface of the sensor base (1270) adjacent to the third protrusion (1216C) of the sensor base (1270). For example, the first mounting portion (1274A) may include an opening that opens from an outer surface of a side (e.g., 1051B, 1051D) adjacent to the third protrusion (1216C) of the sensor base (1270). In another embodiment, the first mounting portion (1274A) may be spaced apart from the outer surface of a side portion (e.g., 1051B, 1051D) of the sensor base (1270) and may not include an opening that opens to the outer surface of the side portion (1051B, 1051D).

For example, the second mounting portion (1274B) may be formed adjacent to or in contact with another one (e.g., 1216D) of the protrusions (1216A to 1216D) of the sensor base (1270). For example, the second mounting portion (1274B) may be a groove formed on an upper surface of the sensor base (1270) adjacent to the fourth protrusion (1216D) of the sensor base (1270). For example, the second mounting portion (1274B) may include an opening that opens from an outer surface of a side (e.g., 1051B, 1051C) adjacent to the fourth protrusion (1216D) of the sensor base (1270). In another embodiment, the second mounting portion (1274B) may be spaced apart from the outer surface of a side portion (e.g., 1051B, 1051C) of the sensor base (1270) and may not include an opening that opens to the outer surface of the side portion (1051B, 1051C).

In another embodiment, the mounting portion (274) of the sensor base (1270) may be formed at a position corresponding to the position where the coil (1230) is placed.

In another embodiment, the mounting portions (1274A, 1274B) may be in the form of a through hole. For example, at least one of the first and second mounting portions (1274A, 1274B) may be a hole or a through hole penetrating the sensor base (1270) in the optical axis direction. In this case, a part of the sensor base (1270) may not be interposed between the coil (1230) and the magnet (1310), and thus, the electromagnetic force between the magnet (1310) and the coil (1230) may increase. In addition, since a part of the sensor base (1270) may not be interposed between the position sensor (1240) and the magnet (1310), the output of the position sensor (1240) may be increased, and the sensitivity of the position sensor (1240) may be improved. Additionally, since a part of the sensor base (1270) is not interposed between the position sensor (1240) and the magnet (1310), the height of the camera device can be lowered.

In another embodiment, the anchoring portion (1274A, 1274B) may be in the form of an escape portion that avoids spatial interference with the entire coil (1230).

The sensor base (1270) may include a groove (1029) in which at least a portion (e.g., a protrusion (1065)) of the tilting guide portion (1060) is placed or received. The groove (1029) may be formed on a lower surface of the sensor base (1270). For example, the groove (1029) may be recessed from the lower surface of the sensor base (1270). The number of grooves (1029) may be the same as the number of protrusions (1065) of the tilting guide portion (1060).

For example, the home (1029) may include two grooves (1029A, 1029B) that are spaced apart from each other. For example, the two grooves (1029A, 1029B) may be arranged spaced apart from each other in the first axis direction (see FIG. 35a). For example, the extension (1217) of the sensor base (1270) may be arranged between the two grooves (1029A, 1029B) of the sensor base (1270).

The home (1029) can contact the protrusion (1065) of the tilting guide portion (1060) at at least one point. For example, the home (1029) can include a bottom surface and at least one side surface connected to the bottom surface. The at least one side surface can be an inclined surface. For example, the home (1029) can include a bottom surface and a plurality of inclined surfaces. The shapes of the inclined surfaces of the home (1029) can be the same as each other. In another embodiment, at least one of the inclined surfaces of the home (1029) can have a different shape from the others.

Referring to FIG. 26A, a groove (1212A) may be formed in the protrusion (1216) of the sensor base (1270) into which at least a portion of the first substrate (1801) of the circuit board (1800) is inserted or placed. For example, a corner of the first substrate (1801) may be inserted into or coupled with the groove (1212A) of the protrusion (1216) of the sensor base (1270). For example, the groove (1212A) may be formed on a side of the protrusion (1216) facing the corner of the circuit board (1800). In addition, a groove (1083) may be formed in at least one corner of the circuit board (1800) to be inserted into or coupled with the groove (1212A) of the protrusion (1216). The groove (1212A) of the protrusion (1216) of the sensor base (1270) can serve as a defect guide for combining the first substrate (1801) and the sensor base (1270), and can serve to prevent the first substrate (1801) from rotating or being separated from the sensor base (1270).

The circuit board (1800) may be placed, coupled, or secured to the sensor base (1270). For example, the circuit board (1800) may be coupled to the sensor base (1270) by an adhesive or a securing member.

The circuit board (1800) may be placed, coupled, or fixed to the body (1270A) of the sensor base (1270). The circuit board (1800) may include at least one of a rigid printed circuit board (Rigid PCB), a flexible printed circuit board (Flexible PCB), and a RigidFlexible printed circuit board (RigidFlexible PCB). For example, the circuit board (1800) may include a rigid printed circuit board and a flexible printed circuit board. The circuit board (1800) may also be expressed as a “board portion,” a “board,” or a “printed circuit board.”

For example, the circuit board (1800) may include a first substrate (1801) (or “first region”) that is positioned, coupled, or fixed to the sensor base (1270). For example, the first substrate (1801) may be positioned, coupled, or fixed to the body (1270A) of the sensor base (1270). For example, a lower surface of the first substrate (1801) may be coupled to an upper surface of the sensor base (1270), or an upper surface of the body (1270A). For example, a lower surface of the first substrate (1801) may be coupled to an upper surface of the sensor base (1270), or an upper surface of the body (1270A), by an adhesive.

The circuit board (1800) may include a second substrate (1802) (or “second region”) connected to the first substrate (1801) and positioned, coupled, or secured to the holder (1140). For example, the second substrate (1802) may be positioned, coupled, or secured to the first side (1041A) of the holder (1140).

In FIG. 26a, the circuit board (1800) includes one second substrate, but in other embodiments, the circuit board (1800) may include a plurality of second substrates positioned on at least one of the sides of the holder (1140).

For example, the second substrate (1802) can be connected to the first side of the first substrate (1801). For example, the second substrate (1802) can be folded from the first side of the first substrate (1801) toward the first side (1041A) of the holder (1140). For example, the second substrate (1802) can extend upwardly from the first substrate (1801).

The circuit board (1800) may include a third substrate (1803) on which a connector (1805) is arranged or provided, and a fourth substrate (1804) that connects the first substrate (1802) and the third substrate (1803).

For example, the first substrate (1801) may be a rigid printed circuit board. For example, the second substrate (1802) may be a flexible printed circuit board. For example, the third substrate (1803) may be a rigid printed circuit board. For example, the fourth substrate (1804) may be a flexible printed circuit board.

For example, a rigid printed circuit board may include a plurality of conductive layers (or circuit patterns) spaced apart from each other in the optical axis direction and an insulating layer disposed between two adjacent conductive layers among the plurality of conductive layers. For example, a flexible circuit board may include one conductive layer (or circuit pattern), a first insulating layer disposed on the conductive layer, and a second insulating layer disposed under the conductive layer. In another embodiment, the flexible circuit board may include a first conductive layer, a second conductive layer, and a first insulating layer disposed between the first and second conductive layers, a second insulating layer disposed on the first conductive layer, and a third insulating layer disposed under the second conductive layer.

The image sensor (1810) may be placed on the first substrate (1801). The image sensor (1810) may be placed corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping the lens module (1400) or/and the filter (1610) in the optical axis direction. For example, the image sensor (1810) may be placed on the upper surface of the circuit board (1800). For example, the image sensor (1810) may be placed on the upper surface of the first substrate (1801).

The image sensor (1810) may include a sensor surface for detecting light. For example, the sensor surface may include an imaging area. Here, the imaging area may be expressed as an effective area, a light-receiving area, or an active area. For example, the imaging area may include a plurality of pixels on which an image is formed. The imaging area may correspond to, face, or overlap with the lens module (1400) or/and the filter (1610) in the optical axis direction.

The image sensor (1810) may be conductively or electrically connected to the first substrate (1801). For example, the image sensor (1810) may be conductively connected to the first substrate (1801) by a conductive member, such as a wire (not shown). For example, the first substrate (1801) of the circuit board (1800) may include at least one pad or terminal (not shown) conductively connected to a wire conductively connected to the image sensor (1810). For example, the pad or terminal conductively connected to the wire may be disposed on an upper surface of the first substrate (1801).

The camera device (1200) may include a circuit element (1815) disposed on a first substrate (1801). For example, the circuit element (1815) may include at least one of a passive element (e.g., a capacitor or a resistor), an active element (e.g., a sensor, a memory, a driver IC), or a circuit pattern. For example, in order to avoid spatial interference with the image sensor (1810), the circuit element (1815) may be disposed between the image sensor (1810) and an edge (e.g., a side) of the first substrate (1801).

The camera device (1200) may include a control unit (1830) disposed on a circuit board (1800). For example, the control unit (1830) may be a driver IC. For example, the control unit (1830) may be disposed on a first substrate (1801). For example, the control unit (1830) may be disposed below the first substrate (1801). For example, the control unit (1830) may be disposed, coupled, or fixed to a lower surface of the first substrate (1801). For example, the control unit (1830) may be conductively or electrically connected to the first substrate (1801).

For example, the control unit (1830) may be conductively or electrically connected to the coil (1120) and may supply a driving signal to the first coil (1120). The control unit (1830) may be conductively or electrically connected to the coil units (1230A, 1230B) of the coil (1230), may supply a first driving signal to the first coil unit (1230A), and may supply a second driving signal to the second coil unit (1230B).

The control unit (1830) may be conductively or electrically connected to the position sensor (1170). Additionally, the control unit (1830) may be conductively or electrically connected to the position sensor (1240).

For example, the control unit (1830) can receive an output signal of the position sensor (1170) and control a driving signal (e.g., driving current) supplied to the coil (1120) using the output signal of the position sensor (1170).

For example, the control unit (1830) can receive an output signal of the position sensor (1240) and control a driving signal (e.g., a driving current) supplied to the coil (1230) using the output signal of the position sensor (1240). For example, the control unit (1830) can receive an output signal of the first sensor (1240A) and control a first driving signal (e.g., a first driving current) supplied to the first coil unit (1230A) using the output signal of the first sensor (1240A). In addition, the control unit (1830) can receive an output signal of the second sensor (1240B) and control a second driving signal (e.g., a second driving current) supplied to the second coil unit (1230B) using the output signal of the second sensor (1240B).

The coils (1120, 1230) may be placed, coupled, or secured to the circuit board (1800). For example, the coil (1120) may be conductively or electrically connected to the circuit board (1800) (e.g., the second substrate (1802)) by a conductive adhesive or solder. For example, the coil (1230) may be conductively or electrically connected to the circuit board (1800) (e.g., the first substrate (1801)) by a conductive adhesive or solder.

The first coil unit (1230A) and the second coil unit (1230B) can be disposed or coupled to the first substrate (1801) and can be conductively or electrically connected to the first substrate (1801). Referring to FIG. 26B, for example, the first coil unit (1230A) and the second coil unit (1230B) can be disposed, coupled, or fixed to the lower surface of the first substrate (1801). For example, the first coil unit (1230A) and the second coil unit (1230B) can be disposed between the first substrate (1801) and the sensor base (1270).

For example, the first and second coil units (1230A, 1230B) may be positioned adjacent to two adjacent corners of the four corners of the first substrate (1801). For example, for diagonal driving, the first coil unit (1230A) may be positioned adjacent to one corner of the first substrate (1801) corresponding to the protrusion (1216C) of the sensor base (1270) (or one corner of the sensor base (1270)), and the second coil unit (1230B) may be positioned adjacent to the other corner of the first substrate (1801) corresponding to the protrusion (1216D) of the sensor base (1270) (or one other corner of the sensor base (1270)). For example, the first coil unit (1230A) may be positioned adjacent to the protrusion (1216C) of the sensor base (1270), and the second coil unit (1230B) may be positioned adjacent to the protrusion (1216D) of the sensor base (1270).

In another embodiment, the first and second coil units (1230A, 1230B) may be arranged adjacent to two adjacent sides of the four sides of the first substrate (1801).

The coil (1120) can move the AF moving part (e.g., bobbin) in the optical axis direction by interaction with the magnet (1130). The coil (1120) can be placed in the holder (1140).

The coil (1120) may be arranged to correspond to, oppose, or overlap the magnet (1130) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. For example, the coil (1120) may be arranged in the holder (1140) to correspond to, oppose, or overlap the magnet (1130) in a second direction (e.g., X-axis direction) or in a direction from the first side (1041A) of the holder (1140) toward the second side (1041B). For example, the coil (1120) may be arranged in the first side (1041A) of the housing (130). The coil (1120) may be arranged within the mounting portion (1142A) of the holder (1140).

For example, the coil (1120) may include a hollow or a hole. For example, the coil (1120) may have a ring shape or a closed curve shape. For example, the coil (1120) may have a ring shape wound around a straight line that is perpendicular to the optical axis (OA) and perpendicular to the outer surface of the first side (1041A) of the holder (1140). For example, the coil (1120) may have a ring shape in which the length in the horizontal direction (or the third direction) is longer than the length in the vertical direction (or the optical axis direction).

A driving signal may be applied to the coil (1120) to generate an electromagnetic force by electromagnetic interaction with the magnet (1130). For example, a driving signal may be applied to the coil (1120) from the circuit board (1800) or the control unit (1830). At this time, the driving signal supplied to the coil (1120) may be a direct current, and may be in the form of a voltage or current. Or, in another embodiment, for example, the driving signal provided to the coil (1120) may include at least one of a direct current signal and an alternating current signal.

A coil (1120) supplied with a driving signal can electromagnetically interact with a magnet (1130) arranged on a bobbin (1110), and an AF moving part can move in a first direction by an electromagnetic force resulting from the electromagnetic interaction between the coil (1120) and the magnet (1130). By controlling the size and/or direction of a driving signal (e.g., driving current) by a control unit (1830), the movement of the AF moving part in the first direction can be controlled, and thereby an auto-focusing function can be performed.

For driving the AF feedback, the camera device (1200) may include a position sensor (1170). The position sensor (1170) may detect the position or displacement of the bobbin (1110) in the optical axis direction. For example, the position sensor (1170) may detect a magnet (1130) arranged on the bobbin (1110). In another embodiment, a sensing magnet opposite to the position sensor (1170) may be arranged on the bobbin separately from the magnet (1130), and the position sensor (1170) may detect the displacement of the bobbin by detecting the sensing magnet or the magnetic field of the sensing magnet.

For example, the position sensor (1170) may be placed in the holder (1140). For example, the position sensor (1170) may be placed in the first side (1041A) of the holder (1140). For example, the position sensor (1170) may be placed within the mounting portion (1142A) of the holder (1140). For example, the position sensor (1170) may be placed within the hollow portion of the coil (1120). In other embodiments, the position sensor (1170) may be placed outside the hollow portion of the coil (1120).

For example, the position sensor (1170) can be coupled to the circuit board (1800). For example, the position sensor (1170) can be coupled to the circuit board (1800) by a conductive adhesive or solder. For example, the position sensor (1170) can be conductively or electrically connected to the second substrate (1802). For example, the position sensor (1170) can be conductively or electrically connected to the second substrate (1802) by a conductive adhesive or solder.

For example, the position sensor (1170) may be positioned, coupled, or fixed to the first surface of the second substrate (1802). For example, the position sensor (1170) may correspond to, face, or overlap the magnet (1130) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis or in the second direction.

The position sensor (1170) can detect displacement of the bobbin (1110) in the optical axis direction. For example, the position sensor (1170) can detect the magnetic field or the strength of the magnetic field of the magnet (1130) mounted on the bobbin (1110) according to the movement of the bobbin (1110) and output an output signal.

For example, the position sensor (1170) may be a Hall sensor. At this time, the position sensor (1170) may include two input terminals to which a driving signal is applied and two output terminals to which an output signal is output. The circuit board (1800) may be conductively or electrically connected to the two input terminals and the two output terminals of the position sensor (1170). The circuit board (1800) or the control unit (1830) may supply the driving signal to the two input terminals of the position sensor (1170), and the output signal output from the two output terminals of the position sensor (1170) may be transmitted to the circuit board (1800) or the control unit (1830).

In another embodiment, the position sensor (1170) may be implemented in the form of a driver IC including a Hall sensor. For example, when the position sensor (1170) is a driver IC including a Hall sensor, the position sensor (1170) may transmit and receive data with the outside world using data communication using a protocol, for example, I2C communication.

For example, if the position sensor (1170) is a driver IC including a Hall sensor, the position sensor (1170) may include first and second terminals to which power or a driving signal is input, a third terminal for a clock signal, a fourth terminal for a data signal, and fifth and sixth terminals for supplying a driving signal to the coil (1120). The first to sixth terminals of the position sensor (1170) may be conductively or electrically connected to the circuit board (1800).

The coil (1230) can tilt the OIS moving part or rotate it by a preset angle about the first or second axis by interaction with the magnet (1310) placed in the housing (1210), which is a fixed part.

The coil (1230) may be opposite, opposite, or overlapping with the magnet (1310) in the direction of the optical axis. The coil (1230) may include a first coil unit (1230A) opposite, or overlapping with the first magnet unit (1310A) in the direction of the optical axis, and a second coil unit (1230B) opposite, or overlapping with the second magnet unit (1310B) in the direction of the optical axis. For example, the coil (1230) may not overlap with the magnet (1310) in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis.

For example, the coil (1230) may be positioned lower than the coil (1120). For example, the first coil unit (1230A) may be positioned within the first mounting portion (1274A) of the sensor base (1270), and the second coil unit (1230B) may be positioned within the second mounting portion (1274B) of the sensor base (1270).

For example, each of the first and second coil units (1230A, 1230B) may include a hollow or a hole. For example, each of the first and second coil units (1230A, 1230B) may have a ring shape or a closed curve shape. For example, each of the first coil unit (1230A) and the second coil unit (1230B) may have a ring shape that is wound around a straight line that is parallel to the optical axis (OA) and perpendicular to the upper surface of the sensor base (1270) or the upper surface of the body (1270A).

For example, referring to FIG. 35A, the first coil unit (1230A) may be a ring shape in which the length in the transverse direction (or the direction parallel to the second axis) is longer than the length in the vertical direction (or the direction parallel to the first axis). For example, the second coil unit (1230B) may be a ring shape in which the length in the vertical direction (e.g., the direction parallel to the first axis) is longer than the length in the transverse direction (or the direction parallel to the second axis).

For OIS feedback driving, the camera device (1200) may include a position sensor (1240). The position sensor (1240) may detect displacement or angular displacement of the OIS moving unit (1100) according to tilting or rotation of the OIS moving unit (1100). The position sensor (1240) may detect a magnetic field of the magnet (1310).

For example, the position sensor (1240) may include a first sensor (1240A) and a second sensor (1240B). For example, at least a portion of the first sensor (1240A) may correspond to, face, or overlap the first magnet unit (1310A) in the optical axis direction. For example, the center of the first sensor (1240A) may overlap the first magnet unit (1310A) in the optical axis direction. For example, the first sensor (1240A) may detect the first magnet unit (1310A) (or the magnetic field of the first magnet unit (1310A)). For example, the first sensor (1240A) may detect a tilted angle with respect to the second axis of the OIS moving unit (1100). In another embodiment, the first sensor (1240A) may not overlap the first and second magnet units (1310A, 1310B) in the optical axis direction.

At least a portion of the second sensor (1240B) may correspond to, face, or overlap the second magnet unit (1310B) in the optical axis direction. For example, the center of the second sensor (1240B) may overlap the second magnet unit (1310B) in the optical axis direction. For example, the second sensor (1240B) may detect the second magnet unit (1310B) (or the magnetic field of the second magnet unit (1310B)). For example, the second sensor (1240A) may detect the angle at which the OIS moving part (1100) is tilted with respect to the first axis. In other embodiments, the second sensor (1240B) may not overlap the second magnet unit (1310B) in the optical axis direction.

For example, the first and second sensors (1240A, 1240B) may be positioned, coupled, or fixed to the first substrate (1801) of the circuit board (1800). For example, the first and second sensors (1240A, 1240B) may be conductively or electrically connected to the first substrate (1801).

For example, the first sensor (1240A) may be placed within the hollow (or hole) of the first coil unit (1230A), and the second sensor (1240B) may be placed within the hollow (or hole) of the second coil unit (1230B). In another embodiment, the first sensor (1240A) may be placed outside the hollow (or hole) of the first coil unit (1230A), and the second sensor (1240B) may be placed outside the hollow (or hole) of the second coil unit (1230B).

For example, the first sensor (1240A) and the second sensor (1240B) may each be a Hall sensor including first and second input terminals and first and second output terminals. For example, the first and second input terminals and the first and second output terminals of the first sensor (1240A) may be conductively or electrically connected to the first substrate (1801), and the first and second input terminals and the first and second output terminals of the second sensor (1240B) may be conductively or electrically connected to the first substrate (1801).

For example, the first substrate (1801) or the control unit (1830) can supply or apply a first driving signal to the first and second input terminals of the first sensor (1240A). The first sensor (1240A) can output a first output signal, and the first output signal can be transmitted to the first substrate (1801) or the control unit (1830). The first output signal can be output to the first and second output terminals of the first sensor (1240A).

For example, the first substrate (1801) or the control unit (1830) can supply or apply a second driving signal to the first and second input terminals of the second sensor (1240B). The second sensor (1240B) can output a second output signal, and the second output signal can be transmitted to the first substrate (1801) or the control unit (1830). The second output signal can be output to the first and second output terminals of the second sensor (1240B).

The control unit (1830) can control the first driving signal supplied to the first coil unit (1230A) and the second driving signal supplied to the second coil unit (1230B) using the first output signal of the first sensor (1240A) and the output signal of the second sensor (1240B).

In another embodiment, each of the first sensor (1240A) and the second sensor (1240B) may be a driver IC including a Hall sensor. The description of the embodiment in which the position sensor (1170) is a driver IC including a Hall sensor may be applied or analogically applied to the embodiment in which the first and second sensors (1240A, 1240B) are driver ICs including Hall sensors.

The camera device (1200) may include a magnetic body (1082) positioned opposite at least one of the coil (1120) and the magnet (1130). For example, the magnetic body (1082) may be positioned on the holder (1140) or the second substrate (1802) of the circuit board (1800). For example, the magnetic body (1082) may be positioned opposite, overlapping, or corresponding to the magnet (1130) in a second direction. Also, for example, the magnetic body (1082) may be positioned opposite, overlapping, or corresponding to the coil (1120) in the second direction. For example, the coil (1120) may be placed on a first surface of the second substrate (1802) facing the magnet (1130), and the magnetic body (1082) may be placed on a second surface of the second substrate (1802) opposite the first surface of the second substrate (1802). The magnetic body (1082) may be bonded, attached, or fixed to the second substrate (1802) by an adhesive.

The camera device (1200) may include a heat dissipation member (not shown) coupled with at least one of the circuit board (1800) or the sensor base (1270). For example, the heat dissipation member may be disposed under the circuit board (1800). For example, the heat dissipation member may be disposed between the circuit board (1800) and the sensor base (1270). The heat dissipation member may be a plate-shaped member having a preset thickness and hardness. In addition, the heat dissipation member may release heat generated from a heat source of the circuit board (1800) to the outside and improve heat dissipation efficiency. For example, the heat dissipation member may be a metal material or a metal plate.

Referring to FIGS. 29A and 29B , the housing (1210) may include a cavity for accommodating the OIS moving unit (1100). For example, the housing (1210) may have a shape corresponding to the OIS moving unit (1100), for example, the holder (1140) or the sensor base (1270), for example, a polygon (e.g., a square or an octagon) or a circle (or an oval), but is not limited thereto and may have various shapes. The housing (1210) may be expressed as a “base” or a “frame” instead.

The housing (1210) may include a plurality of sides (1071A to 1071D) corresponding to the sides (1041A to 1041D) of the holder (1140) or the sides (1051A to 1051D) of the sensor base (1270). The housing (1210) may include a corner positioned between two adjacent sides.

Additionally, the housing (1210) may include a lower portion (1042) (or lower plate) positioned below the sides (1071A to 1071D). The lower portion (1042) may be connected to the lower sides of the sides (1071A to 1071D). For example, the lower portion (1042) may be alternatively expressed as a “bottom portion,” a “bottom surface,” or a “body.” For example, the sides (1071A to 1071D) may protrude upward from the lower portion (1042).

The housing (1210) may include a first side (1071A) corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping the first side (1041A) of the holder (1140), a second side (1071B) corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping the second side (1041B) of the holder (1140), a third side (1071C) corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping the third side (1041C) of the holder (1140), and a fourth side (1071D) corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping the fourth side (1041D) of the holder (1140).

The first side (1071A) (or the first side or the first outer side) of the housing (1210) can be positioned opposite the second side (1071B) (or the second side or the second outer side) of the housing (1210), and the third side (1071C) (or the third side or the third outer side) of the housing (1210) can be positioned opposite the fourth side (1071D) (or the fourth side or the fourth outer side) of the housing (1210). For example, each of the first to fourth sides (1071A to 1071D) of the housing (1210) can be positioned parallel to a corresponding one of the side plates (1302) of the cover member (1300).

The housing (1210) may include a step (1411) disposed on the lower portion of at least one of the sides (1071A to 1071D). For example, the step (1411) may protrude in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis from an outer surface of the side (1071A to 1071D) of the housing (1210). For example, the step (1411) may face or overlap the side plate (1302) of the cover member (1300) in the direction of the optical axis. For example, the step (1411) may be joined to the side plate (1302) of the cover member (1300) by an adhesive.

The housing (1210) may include a mounting portion (1141A, 1141B) for placing a magnet (1310). For example, the mounting portion (1141A, 1141B) may be a groove-shaped portion formed in the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210). In another embodiment, the mounting portion (1141A, 1141B) may be a through hole penetrating the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210).

The housing (1210) may include a first mounting portion (1141A) for mounting a first magnet unit (1310A) and a second mounting portion (1141B) for mounting a second magnet unit (1310B). For example, the first mounting portion (1141A) may be mounted or formed in a first region of a lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210) adjacent to any one of the four corners of the housing (1210). For example, the any one corner of the housing (1210) may be a corner corresponding to or adjacent to a protrusion (1216C) of the sensor base (1270).

For example, the second mounting portion (1141B) may be positioned or formed in a second region of the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210) adjacent to another corner of the four corners of the housing (1210). For example, the other corner of the housing (1210) may be a corner corresponding to or adjacent to a protrusion (1216D) of the sensor base (1270).

In another embodiment, the first and second mounting portions may be positioned at positions corresponding to positions where the coil units (1230A, 1230B) and the magnet units (1310A, 1310B) are positioned. For example, in another embodiment, the first mounting portion may be formed adjacent to the first side (or the second side) of the housing (1210), and the second mounting portion may be formed adjacent to the third side (or the fourth side) of the housing (1210).

The magnet (1310) may be placed or coupled to the housing (1210). For example, the magnet (1310) may include a first magnet unit (1310A) and a second magnet unit (1310B) placed at the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210). For example, the magnet (1310) may be placed below the coil (1230).

For example, the first magnet unit (1310A) may be arranged to correspond to, oppose, or overlap the first coil unit (1230A) in the optical axis direction. The second magnet unit (1310B) may be arranged to correspond to, oppose, or overlap the second coil unit (1230B) in the optical axis direction.

For example, the first magnet unit (1310A) and the second magnet unit (1310B) may be arranged to be misaligned in the first axis direction (or in the direction parallel to the first axis) or in the second axis direction (or in the direction parallel to the second axis). For example, when viewed from above or in the optical axis direction, the first magnet unit (1310A) and the second magnet unit (1310B) may be arranged in the housing (1210) so as not to overlap each other in the direction parallel to the first axis or in the direction parallel to the second axis. For example, the first magnet unit (1310A) and the second magnet unit (1310B) may be arranged in the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210) so as not to overlap each other in the direction parallel to the first axis or in the direction parallel to the second axis.

In other embodiments, the first magnet unit and the second magnet unit may be arranged to be misaligned in the first horizontal direction (or X-axis direction) or the second horizontal direction (or Y-axis direction). For example, in other embodiments, when viewed from above, the first magnet unit may be arranged to overlap the first horizontal axis (or X-axis), and the second magnet unit may be arranged to overlap the second horizontal axis (or X-axis).

Each of the first magnet unit (1310A) and the second magnet unit (1310B) may be a two-pole magnet including one N pole and one S pole. For example, each of the first magnet unit (1310A) and the second magnet unit (1310B) may be a magnet that is divided or arranged into an N pole and a S pole in the optical axis direction. For example, the N pole (or S pole) of each of the first magnet unit (1310A) and the second magnet unit (1310B) may be located above the S pole (or N pole).

For example, the first surface of the magnet (1310) facing or opposing the coil (1230) in the direction of the optical axis may be a south pole (or north pole). And the second surface, which is the opposite surface of the first surface of the magnet (1310), may be a north pole (or south pole).

In the embodiments of FIGS. 21A and 21B, the coil (1230) and the magnet (1310) face each other in the optical axis direction, but in other embodiments, the coil (1230) and the magnet (1310) may be arranged to face each other in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction (e.g., a second direction or a third direction). In this case, the magnet units (1310A, 1310B) may be arranged on two adjacent sides (1071A to 1071D) of the housing (1210), and the coil units (1230A, 1230B) may be arranged on the moving part (e.g., the holder (1140)) to face the magnet units (1310A, 1310B) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction. At this time, the circuit board (1800) may include an additional substrate (or extension region) connected to the first substrate (1801) and on which the coil units (1230A, 1230B) are arranged. Also, in another embodiment, the position sensor (1240) may be arranged on two sides of the housing (1210) together with the coil (1230), and may be arranged or coupled to the additional substrate (or extension region) of the circuit board (1800) and electrically connected. In another embodiment, the magnet units (1310A, 1310B) may be arranged on two adjacent corners of the housing (1210).

Referring to FIG. 29A and FIG. 35A, the camera device (1200) may include a yoke (1380) disposed on a magnet (1310). The yoke (1380) may reduce or suppress leakage flux of the magnet (1310), increase an electromagnetic force between the magnet (1310) and the coil (1230), and improve a driving force for driving the OIS. The yoke (1380) may be made of a material that is attracted to a magnet. For example, the yoke (1380) may be made of a metal material. Or, for example, the yoke (1380) may be made of a magnetic metal material. Or, for example, the yoke (1380) may be a magnetic body, for example, a magnet.

The yoke (1380) can be disposed in the housing (1210). For example, the yoke (1380) can be disposed between the housing (1210) and the magnet (1310). For example, the yoke (1380) can be disposed within the mounting portion (1141A, 1141B) of the housing (1210). For example, the yoke (1380) can face the magnet (1310) or the coil (1230). For example, the yoke (1380) can be disposed on a second surface (e.g., a lower surface) of the magnet (1310) that is opposite a first surface (e.g., an upper surface) of the magnet (1310) that faces the coil (1230). The yoke (1380) can be in contact with or attached to the magnet (1310). For example, the yoke (1380) can be attached to the magnet (1310).

For example, the yoke (1380) may be coupled to the housing (1210) by an insert injection molding method. When the yoke (1380) and the housing (1210) are coupled by an insert injection molding method, at least a portion of the yoke (1380) is positioned inside the housing (1210) and at least another portion of the yoke (1380) is exposed from the housing (1210) and may be coupled or attached to the magnet (1310).

In another embodiment, the yoke (1380) may be positioned within the mounting portions (1141A, 1141B) of the housing (1210) by an adhesive. The yoke (1380) may include a first yoke (1380A) positioned within the first magnet unit (1310A) and a second yoke (1380B) positioned within the second magnet unit (1310B). For example, the first yoke (1380A) may be positioned within the first mounting portion (1141A) of the housing (1210), and the second yoke (1380B) may be positioned within the second mounting portion (1141B) of the housing (1210). Since the magnet (1310) can be attached to the yoke (1380), when assembling the magnet (1310) to the housing (1210), the assembling ability between the magnet (1310) and the housing (1210) can be improved or the assembling between the magnet (1310) and the housing (1210) can be made easy.

In another embodiment, each of the first magnet unit (1310A) and the second magnet unit (1310B) may be a magnet that is divided or arranged into one N pole and one S pole in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction. In another embodiment, each of the first magnet unit (1310A) and the second magnet unit (1310B) may be a magnet including two N poles and two S poles. An electromagnetic force may be generated between the first and second magnet units (1310A, 1310B) and the first and second coil units (1230A, 1230B), and the OIS moving part may be tilted about the first axis or the second axis by the generated electromagnetic force.

In another embodiment, the position of the magnet (1310) and the position of the coil (1230) of FIG. 25 may be swapped. For example, the magnet (1310) may be placed on the moving part (1100) (e.g., the sensor base (1270)), and the coil (1230) may be placed on the fixed part (e.g., the housing (1210)). In addition, the yoke of FIG. 35A may be placed on the sensor base (1270) at this time. For example, the yoke may be placed on the upper surface of the magnet (1310). A camera device according to another embodiment may include a circuit board (referred to as a “second circuit board”) that is provided separately from a circuit board (1800) (referred to as a “first circuit board”) and is placed on the fixed part (e.g., the housing (1210)). And the coil (1230) may be placed on or coupled to the second circuit board. The coil (1230) may be conductively or electrically connected to the second circuit board. For example, the second circuit board may be disposed under the housing (1210). The coil (1230) may be disposed in the mounting portion (1141) of the housing (1210), and at this time, the mounting portion (1141) may be a through hole penetrating the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210). The position sensor (1240) may be disposed or coupled to the second circuit board. For example, the first sensor (1240A) may be disposed within the hollow portion of the first coil unit (1230A), and the second sensor (1240B) may be disposed within the hollow portion of the second coil unit (1230B). The position sensor (1240) may be conductively or electrically connected to the second circuit board. A camera device according to another embodiment may include a control unit (1830) (referred to as a “first control unit”) and a separate control unit (referred to as a “second control unit”). The second control unit may be disposed on a second circuit board. The second control unit may be electrically or conductively connected to the second circuit board. For example, the second control unit may be a driver IC. For example, the second control unit may be disposed, coupled, or fixed to a first surface of the second circuit board. The first surface of the second circuit board may be a surface facing the magnet (1310) or the OIS moving unit, for example, the lens module. A second coil (1230) may be disposed on the first surface of the second circuit board. The second control unit may be electrically or conductively connected to the coil (1230). A driving signal may be supplied to the coil (1230). For example, the second control unit can be electrically connected to the coil units (1230A, 1230B) and can supply a first driving signal to the first coil unit (1230A) and a second driving signal to the second coil unit (1230B). The second control unit can be conductively or electrically connected to the position sensor (1240). For example, the second control unit can supply power or a driving signal to the position sensor (1240). For example, the second control unit can supply power or a driving signal to each of the first sensor (1240A) and the second sensor (1240B). The control unit (835) can receive an output signal of the position sensor (1240) and control a driving signal (e.g., a driving current) supplied to the coil (1230) using the output signal of the position sensor (1240). For example, the second control unit may receive an output signal of the first sensor (1240A) and control a first driving signal (e.g., a first driving current) supplied to the first coil unit (1230A) using the output signal of the first sensor (1240A). In addition, the second control unit may receive an output signal of the second sensor (1240B) and control a second driving signal (e.g., a second driving current) supplied to the second coil unit (1230B) using the output signal of the second sensor (1240B). The second circuit board may include a terminal portion. The terminal portion may include a plurality of terminals. For example, the plurality of terminals of the second circuit board may be exposed from a side plate (1302) of the cover member (1300). At least one of the plurality of terminals may be conductively or electrically connected to the second control unit.

In addition, a second circuit board according to another embodiment may include a first substrate disposed in a housing (1210) and a second substrate (or an extension substrate) extending from the first substrate. A connector may be provided on the second substrate. A second circuit board according to another embodiment may omit a terminal portion, and the second control portion may be conductively or electrically connected to the connector of the second circuit board. Or, in another embodiment, the second control portion may be omitted, and the coil (1230) or the position sensor (1240) may be conductively or electrically connected to the connector of the second circuit board. The connector of the second circuit board may be coupled or connected to another connector external to the camera device (1200) or an external device. The connector of the second circuit board connected to another external connector may correspond to a fixed portion that does not move when the OIS is driven.

The housing (1210) may include a receiving portion (1049A) for receiving or positioning at least a portion of the elastic member (1033). For example, at least a portion of the elastic member (1033) may be coupled with the receiving portion (1049A).

The receiving portion (1049A) may be positioned or formed in the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210). The receiving portion (1049A) may be positioned or formed in the lower surface of the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210). For example, the receiving portion (1049A) may be positioned in the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210). For example, the receiving portion (1049A) may be positioned in the lower surface of the coupling portion (1049). For example, the receiving portion (1049A) may be a groove that is recessed from the lower surface of the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210). For example, the receiving portion (1049A) may be a groove that is recessed from the lower surface of the coupling portion (1049).

The receiving portion (1049A) may have a shape corresponding to the elastic member (1033), for example, a square or a circle. For example, the receiving portion (1049A) of the housing (1210) may correspond to, face, or overlap the supporting member (1064) or the elastic member (1033) in the optical axis direction.

Referring to FIG. 29b, the housing (1210) may include a mounting portion (1069) for accommodating at least a portion of the tilting guide portion (1060) or for placing at least a portion of the tilting guide portion (1060). For example, the mounting portion (1069) may be a groove that is recessed from the bottom surface or the upper surface of the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210).

For example, the mounting portion (1069) may have a shape corresponding to or identical to the tilting guide portion (1060). For example, the mounting portion (1069) may include a bottom surface (1069A) having a step from the top surface of the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210) in the optical axis direction, and a side surface (1069B) connecting the bottom surface (1069A) and the top surface of the lower portion (1042). The side surface (1069B) may also be expressed as a “partition wall” or a “side wall.” For example, the bottom surface (1069A) of the mounting portion (1069) may be positioned lower than the top surface of the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210). In other embodiments, the mounting portion (1069) may be omitted.

Referring to FIGS. 23A, 23B, 30, and 31, since a mounting portion (1069) for inserting or arranging at least a portion of a tilting guide portion (1060) is formed on the upper surface of the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210), the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210) may include a partition (1069B) (or guide portion) arranged around the tilting guide portion (1060). The tilting guide portion (1060) may be spaced apart from the partition (1069B) of the housing (1210), and the partition (1069B) may be arranged to surround the tilting guide portion (1060). The partition (1069B) of the housing (1210) may prevent the tilting guide portion (1060) from being separated or detached from the housing (1210). In another embodiment, at least a portion of the tilting guide portion (1060) may be in contact with the bulkhead (1069B) of the housing (1210).

The housing (1210) may include a coupling portion (1049) that couples with the elastic member (1033). For example, at least a portion of the coupling portion (1049) may be positioned between the sensor base (1270) and the support member (1064).

For example, the coupling portion (1049) may be a part of the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210). For example, the coupling portion (1049) may be a protrusion or projection that protrudes from the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210). For example, the coupling portion (1049) may protrude from the upper surface of the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210). Or, for example, the coupling portion (1049) may protrude from the bottom surface (1069A) of the mounting portion (1069) of the housing (1210). For example, the protruding length of the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210) may be greater than the depth of the mounting portion (1069) of the housing (1210). For example, the protruding length of the coupling portion (1049) may be the distance (or the shortest distance) from the bottom surface (1069A) of the mounting portion (1069) to the top surface (or topmost) of the mounting portion (1049). In addition, the depth of the mounting portion (1069) may be the distance (or the shortest distance) from the top surface of the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210) to the bottom surface (1069A) of the mounting portion (1069). In other embodiments, for example, the protruding length of the coupling portion (1049) may be smaller than or equal to the depth of the mounting portion (1069). For example, the coupling portion (1049) may have a shape corresponding to or coinciding with the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060).

For example, the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210) may correspond to, face, or overlap with the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060) in the optical axis direction. For example, at least a portion of the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210) may be positioned within the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060). Since at least a portion of the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210) is positioned within the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060), the distance between the coupling portion (1049) and the support member (1064) can be reduced, and thus the pushing force of the elastic member (1033) connecting the coupling portion (1049) and the support member (1064) can be increased, thereby stably supporting the OIS moving portion with respect to the housing (1210), which is a fixed portion.

For example, when viewed in the direction of the optical axis or when viewed from above, the coupling portion (1049) may be positioned between the grooves (1055A, 1055B) of the housing (1210). For example, the coupling portion (1049) may be positioned between the protrusions (1066A, 1066B) of the tilting guide portion (1060). For example, the coupling portion (1049) (or the elastic member (1033)) may overlap with the body of the tilting guide portion (1060) or the protrusions (1066A, 1066B) of the tilting guide portion (1060) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis.

For example, at least a portion of the first magnet unit (1310A) may correspond to, face, or overlap the tilting guide portion (1060) in a direction parallel to the first axis. Additionally, at least a portion of the second magnet unit (1310B) may correspond to, face, or overlap the tilting guide portion (1060) in a direction parallel to the second axis.

The housing (1210) may include a groove (1055) in which at least a portion of the protrusion (1066) of the tilting guide portion (1060) is disposed or for receiving at least a portion of the protrusion (1066). The groove (1055) of the housing (1210) may be formed on an upper surface of a lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210). For example, the groove (1055) may be recessed from an upper surface of a lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210). For example, the groove (1055) may be formed on a bottom surface (1069A) of a mounting portion (1069) of the housing (1210). For example, the groove (1055) may be recessed from a bottom surface (1069A) of a mounting portion (1069) of the housing (1210). The number of grooves (1055) of the housing (1210) may be the same as the number of protrusions (1066) of the tilting guide portion (1060).

For example, the home (1055) may include two grooves (1055A, 1055B) that are spaced apart from each other. For example, the two grooves (1055A, 1055B) may be arranged to be spaced apart from each other in the second axial direction. For example, the direction in which the two grooves (1055A, 1055B) of the housing (1210) are spaced apart and the direction in which the two grooves (1029A, 1029B) of the sensor base (1270) are spaced apart may intersect or be perpendicular to each other. For example, the receiving portion (1049A) may be arranged between the two grooves (1055A, 1055B) of the housing (1210).

The groove (1055) of the housing (1210) may contact the protrusion (1066) of the tilting guide portion (1060) at at least one point. For example, the groove (1055) may include a bottom surface and at least one side surface connected to the bottom surface. At least one side surface of the groove (1055) may be an inclined surface. For example, the groove (1055) may include a bottom surface and a plurality of inclined surfaces. The shapes of the inclined surfaces of the groove (1055) may be the same as each other. In another embodiment, at least one of the inclined surfaces of the groove (1055) may have a different shape from the others.

The housing (1210) may include an opening (1018) through which at least a portion of a moving module (or tilting module) is positioned or passes. For example, the housing (1210) may include an opening (1018) through which at least a portion of a sensor base (1270) is positioned or passes.

The opening (1018) may be a through hole penetrating the housing (1210) in the direction of the optical axis. For example, the opening (1018) may penetrate the lower part (1042) of the housing (1210). For example, the opening (1018) may be positioned within the mounting portion (1069). For example, the opening (1018) may be formed in the bottom surface (1069A) of the mounting portion (1069). The opening (1018) may penetrate the bottom surface (1069A) of the mounting portion (1069).

The extension (1217) of the sensor base (1270) may be exposed through an opening (1018) of the housing (1210). The opening (1018) may be necessary for assembling the support member (1064) with the extension (1217) of the sensor base (210).

For example, the opening (1018) may open to the lower surface (1042) of the housing (1210). For example, the opening (1018) may include a first opening (1018A) and a second opening (1018B). For example, when viewed from the top, the coupling portion (1049) may include a first opening (1018A) located on one side (e.g., the right (or upper) side) of the coupling portion (1049) and a second opening (1018B) located on the other side (e.g., the left (or lower) side) of the coupling portion (1049). In the embodiments of FIGS. 29A and 29B, the first opening (1018A) and the second opening (1018B) are connected to each other, but in other embodiments, the first opening and the second opening may be separated from each other with the coupling portion (1049) therebetween or spaced apart from each other. The shapes of the first opening (1018A) and the second opening (1018B) may correspond to or be identical to the shapes of the extension portion (1217) of the sensor base (1270). The opening (1018) may serve as an assembly passage for connecting the support member (1064) with the extension (1217) of the sensor base (1270). Therefore, the size of the opening (1018), for example, the diameter, may be larger than the size of the support member (1064). In this case, the size of the support member (1064) may be the length of the support member (1064) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis (length in the horizontal or vertical direction).

The moving module (or tilting module) can be positioned within the opening (1018) of the housing (1210) or can include at least a portion (or “extension”) that passes through the opening (1018) of the housing (1210). At least a portion (or extension) of the moving module (or tilting module) can be connected or coupled with the elastic member (1033). For example, at least a portion (or extension) of the moving module (or tilting module) can be connected or coupled with the support member (1064).

Referring to FIG. 26d, for example, the sensor base (1270) may include at least a portion (or “extension”) (1217) disposed within the opening (1018) of the housing (1210) or passing through the opening (1018) of the housing (1210). The extension (1217) of the sensor base (1270) may extend or protrude from the lower or bottom surface of the sensor base (1270). The extension (1217) may also be expressed as a “protrusion,” a “guide,” a “coupling guide,” or a “coupling.”

The extension (1217) can be connected or coupled with the elastic member (1033). For example, the extension (1217) can be connected or coupled with the support member (1064). For example, the extension (1217) can include at least one protrusion (1219) for coupling with the support member (1064), and the support member (1064) can include at least one groove (1008), hole, or aperture for coupling with the protrusion (1219) of the sensor base (1270). For example, the groove (1008) can be formed on an upper surface of the support member (1064).

The sensor base (1270) may include two protrusions (1219A, 1219B), although in other embodiments the number of protrusions of the sensor base (1270) may be one or three or more. The recess (1008) of the support member (1064) may include two recesses (1008A, 1008B), although in other embodiments the number of recesses (1008) of the support member (1064) may be equal to the number of protrusions of the sensor base (1270). In yet other embodiments, the extension (1217) of the sensor base (1270) may include a protrusion, and the support member (1064) may include a recess, hole, or aperture that corresponds to or engages with the protrusions of the extension (1217).

At least a portion of the extension (1217) may be positioned within the opening (1018) of the housing (1210). At least a portion of the extension (1217) may be exposed from the opening (1018) of the housing (1210).

For example, the extension (1217) can include a first extension (1217A) corresponding to, opposite, or overlapping the first opening (1018A) of the housing (1210) and a second extension (1217B) corresponding to, opposite, or overlapping the second opening (1018B) of the housing (1210). For example, at least a portion of the first extension (1217A) can be positioned within or pass through the first opening (1018A) of the housing (1210). For example, at least a portion of the second extension (1217B) can be positioned within or pass through the second opening (1018B) of the housing (1210).

At least a portion of the extension (1217) may be arranged to surround at least a portion of the protrusion (1219A, 1219B). For example, at least a portion of the extension (1217) may include a guide portion (1009A, 1009B) that surrounds at least a portion of the protrusion (1219A, 1219B). For example, the first extension (1217A) may include a first guide portion (1009A) that surrounds at least a portion of the first protrusion (1219A). The second extension (1217B) may include a second guide portion (1009B) that surrounds at least a portion of the second protrusion (1219B). For example, the guide portions (1009A, 1009B) may be arranged to surround at least a portion of the support member (1064). For example, the first guide portion (9A) may be arranged to surround a portion of the support member (1064), and the second guide portion (1009B) may be arranged to surround another portion of the support member (1064). The guide portions (1009A, 1009B) may guide the coupling of the support member (1064) and the extension portion (1217) of the sensor base (1270). In another embodiment, the extension portion (1217) may include a groove for arranging or settling at least a portion of the support member (1064).

The housing (1210) may include a protrusion (1215) that protrudes in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. For example, the protrusion (1215) may protrude from a side of the housing (1210).

For example, the protrusion (1215) may protrude from the outer surface of the fourth side (1071D) of the housing (1210). For example, the protrusion (1215) may be in a form in which at least a portion of the fourth side (1071D) protrudes in a direction parallel to a straight line passing through the optical axis and perpendicular to the optical axis. For example, the protrusion (1215) may include a groove (1016A) (or cavity) for placing or receiving at least a portion of the fourth substrate (1804). For example, the groove (1016A) of the protrusion (1215) may include an opening that opens upward.

Referring to FIG. 29A, a coupling groove (1215A, 1215B) may be formed in the groove (1016A) of the protrusion (1215) to insert, couple, or fix the movement-restraining member (1080). For example, the coupling grooves (1215A, 1215B) may be formed on two inner surfaces facing each other of the groove (1016A) of the protrusion (1215). For example, the coupling grooves (1215A, 1215B) may extend in the optical axis direction. For example, the coupling grooves (1215A, 1215B) may include an opening that opens to the upper surface of the protrusion (1215) to easily insert or couple the movement-restraining member (1080) from above.

The maximum length of the protrusion (1215) in the optical axis direction may be smaller than the maximum length of the housing (1210) in the optical axis direction. With this configuration, a space for the circuit board (1800) to extend outward can be easily secured, and a compact camera device can be implemented.

The camera device (1200) may include a movement restraining member (1080) coupled with at least a portion of the housing (1210). The movement restraining member (1080) may restrain movement or motion of at least a portion of the fourth substrate (1804) to restrain deformation of the shape of at least a portion of the fourth substrate (1804).

Referring to FIGS. 26C, 27, and 30A, the fourth substrate (1804) of the circuit board (1800) may include a first portion (1804A) (or “first region”) connected to the first substrate (1801), a second portion (1804B) connected to the first portion (1804A) and bent from the first portion (1804A), and a third portion (1804C) connected to the second portion (1804B) and bent from the second portion (1804B). In other embodiments, at least one of the first portion (1804A) and the second portion (1804B) may be omitted.

For example, the first portion (1804B) may extend in a direction parallel to the first substrate (1801). For example, the second portion (1804B) may be bent from the first portion (1804B) and may extend upward from the first portion (1804B). For example, the third portion (1804C) may extend from the second portion (1804B) in a direction opposite to the first portion (1804A).

For example, the fourth substrate (1804) can include a first fold (1804D) connecting the first portion (1804A) and the second portion (1804B). The fourth substrate (1804) can also include a second fold (1804E) connecting the second portion (1804B) and the third portion (1804C). The first fold (1804D) and the second fold (1804E) can be angled, but for example, the first portion (1804A) and the second portion (1804B) can be vertical. In other embodiments, the first fold (1804D) and the second fold (1804E) can be rounded. In other embodiments, the interior angle between the first portion (1804A) and the second portion (1804B) can be acute or obtuse.

The length of the camera device (1200) in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction can be prevented from increasing by the first bending portion (1804D) and the second bending portion (1804E). In addition, since the first bending portion (1804D) and the second bending portion (1804E) are positioned between the upper surface of the camera device (1200) (e.g., the upper surface of the cover member (1300)) and the lower surface of the camera device (1200) (e.g., the lower surface of the housing (1210)), the length of the camera device (1200) can be prevented from increasing in the optical axis direction, thereby enabling miniaturization of the camera device.

For example, the third portion (1804C) can be a plate or flat shape perpendicular to the optical axis. For example, the third portion (1804C) can include a meandering shape or a serpentine shape. For example, the third portion (1804C) can include at least one folded or curved region. For example, the folded or curved region of the third portion (1804C) can be folded in a second direction or a third direction perpendicular to the optical axis. Alternatively, the folded or curved region of the third portion (1804C) can extend in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. For example, when viewed from above, the third portion (1804C) can include a region having a U- or V-shape.

For example, the third portion (1804C) may be spaced apart from the housing (1210). For example, the third portion (1804C) may be spaced apart from the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210). In other embodiments, for example, at least a portion of the third portion (1804C) may be in contact with the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210).

At least a portion of the second portion (1804B) of the fourth substrate (1804) can be positioned within the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210). At least a portion of the second portion (1804B) of the fourth substrate (1804) can be positioned within the recess (1016A) of the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210). For example, at least a portion of the first portion (1804A) of the fourth substrate (1804) can be positioned within the recess (1016A) of the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210). The third portion (1804B) of the fourth substrate (1804) can be positioned outside the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210). For example, the third portion (1804B) of the fourth substrate (1804) may be positioned above the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210). The lower surface of the third portion (1804B) of the fourth substrate (1804) may be positioned above the upper surface of the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210).

Referring to FIG. 26A, the sensor base (1270) may include a groove (1273) formed at a location corresponding to a portion where the fourth substrate (1804) and the first substrate (1801) meet or are connected, for example, a first portion (1804A) of the fourth substrate (1804). The groove (1273) may be positioned adjacent to or in contact with an outer surface of the fourth side (51D) of the sensor base (1270) on which the fourth substrate (1804) is positioned. The groove (1273) may serve to prevent the first portion (1804A) of the fourth substrate (1804) from being damaged by friction with the sensor base (1270).

The connector (1805) can be coupled or connected to another connector or an external device outside the camera device (1200). The connector (1805) connected to another external connector may correspond to a fixed part that does not move when the OIS is driven. Since the third part (1804C) of the fourth substrate (1804) includes at least one folded or curved area, it can resiliently support the camera device (1200) or the OIS moving part and can play a role in alleviating external impact. That is, the third part (1804C) of the fourth substrate (1804) can play a role in alleviating impact, a spring. In addition, since the third part (1804C) of the fourth substrate (1804) can play a role in resiliently supporting the OIS moving part (1100), it can reduce the driving force or driving power required when the OIS is driven.

Referring to FIGS. 30A and 30B , the camera device (1200) may include a reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) disposed, coupled, or attached to at least a portion of the fourth substrate (1804). The reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) may be disposed, coupled, or attached to at least one of the first portion (1804A) and the second portion (1804B) of the fourth substrate (1804). For example, the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) may be disposed, coupled, or attached to at least a portion of the first portion (1804A) and at least a portion of the second portion (1804B) of the fourth substrate (1804).

For example, the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) may be positioned, coupled, or attached to a lower surface of the first portion (1804A) and a lower surface of the second portion (1804B) of the fourth substrate (1804). For example, the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) may include a first region (1070A) positioned, coupled, or attached to the first portion (1804A) and a second region (1070B) positioned, coupled, or attached to the second portion (1804B). The second region (1070B) may be bent upward from the first region (1070A). For example, a bend may be formed between the first region (1070A) and the second region (1070B).

For example, the area of the second region (1070B) may be larger than the area of the first region (1070A). In other embodiments, the two may be equal or the area of the former (1070B) may be smaller than the area of the latter (1070A).

For example, the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) may be spaced apart from the third portion (1804C) of the fourth substrate (1804). For example, the second region (1070B) of the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) may be spaced apart from the third portion (1804C) of the fourth substrate (1804). In other embodiments, at least a portion of the second region (1070B) of the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) may be in contact with the third portion (1804C) of the fourth substrate (1804).

In another embodiment, the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) may be positioned, coupled, or attached to the upper surface of the first portion (1804A) and the upper surface of the second portion (1804B) of the fourth substrate (1804). For example, in another embodiment, the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) may include a first region positioned on the upper surface of the first portion (1804A) of the fourth substrate (1804) and a second region positioned on the upper surface of the second portion (1804B).

In another embodiment, the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) can be positioned, coupled, or attached to at least a portion of the second portion (1804B) and at least a portion of the third portion (1804C) of the fourth substrate (1804). For example, in another embodiment, the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) can be positioned, coupled, or attached to the second portion (1804B) and the third portion (1804C) of the fourth substrate (1804). For example, the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) can include a first region positioned, coupled, or attached to the second portion (1804B) of the fourth substrate (1804) and a second region positioned, coupled, or attached to the third portion (1804C), and a folded portion can be formed between the first region and the second region. The first region of the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) may be placed on the lower surface (or upper surface) of the second portion (1804B), and the second region of the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) may be placed on the lower surface (or upper surface) of the third portion (1804C).

The reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) can prevent the fourth substrate (1804) from being damaged, deformed, or broken by impact or external force. In addition, the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) can suppress the shape of the fourth substrate (1804) from being deformed and restored due to force applied to the fourth substrate (1804) by tilting of the OIS moving part (1100). For example, the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) can include at least one of a metal material or an injection-molded material.

For example, the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) may be positioned within the groove (1016A) of the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210). For example, the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) may at least partially contact the groove (1016A) of the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210). For example, the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) may not be coupled with the housing (1210) (e.g., the protrusion (1215)). In other embodiments, for example, the reinforcing member (1070, 1070-1) may be coupled with the housing (1210) (e.g., the protrusion (1215)) by an adhesive.

The reinforcing member (1070) of FIG. 30A can include an opening (1073). The opening (1073) of the reinforcing member (1070) can open or expose at least a portion of the fourth substrate (1804) of the circuit board (1800). For example, the opening (1073) can open or expose at least a portion of a first portion (1804A) (or “first region”) and a second portion (1804B) (or “second region”) of the fourth substrate (1804). The opening (1073) of the reinforcing member (1070) can be a hole, a through-hole, or a hollow.

The opening (1073) may be formed in at least one of the first region (1070A) and the second region (1070A) of the reinforcing member (1070). For example, the opening (1073) may be formed in the first region (1070A) and the second region (1070A) of the reinforcing member (1070). Additionally, the opening (1073) may open or expose at least a portion of the first folded portion (1804D). In other embodiments, the opening (1073) may be formed in only one of the first region (1070A) and the second region (1070A) of the reinforcing member (1070). Additionally, in other embodiments, the opening (1073) may not expose the first folded portion (1804D).

The elastic coefficient of the second substrate (1802) of the circuit board (1800) coupled with the reinforcing member (1070) by the opening (1073) can be reduced, and the movement of the OIS moving part can be facilitated during OIS driving. That is, the elastic force of the circuit board (1800), for example, the second substrate (1802) supporting the OIS moving part, can be reduced by the opening (1073), and thus the OIS driving can be easily implemented with a small driving force, and the power consumption can be reduced. At this time, the driving force can be a force due to the interaction between the coil (1230) and the magnet (1310).

Referring to FIG. 20, FIG. 29A and FIG. 29B, the movement restraining member (1080) can be coupled with the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210). For example, the movement restraining member (1080) can be coupled with the coupling groove (1215A, 1215B) of the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210).

Referring to FIG. 22, at least a portion of the second portion (1804B) of the fourth substrate (1804) may be disposed between the movement-restraining portion (1080) and the inner surface of the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210). For example, at least a portion of the reinforcing member (1070) may be disposed between the movement-restraining portion (1080) and the inner surface of the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210). The movement-restraining portion (1080) may be spaced apart from the circuit board (1800) in the second direction (X-axis direction) or the third direction (Y-axis direction). For example, the movement-restraining portion (1080) may be spaced apart from the circuit board (1800) in the optical axis direction or in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction. That is, the movement restraining member (1080) may serve to maintain the shape of the bending member (1804D, 1804E) of the fourth substrate (1804), which is a flexible substrate. For example, the movement restraining member (1080) may be an injection-molded product made of a non-magnetic material or resin. In another embodiment, the movement restraining member (1080) may be in contact with at least a portion of the fourth substrate (1804) of the circuit board (1800).

At least a part of the second part (1804B) of the fourth substrate (1804) positioned within the groove (1016A) of the protrusion (1215) can be restricted from moving or moving by the movement restraining member (1080), and the second part (1804B) can be restrained or prevented from moving out of the groove (1016A) of the protrusion (1215). As a result, it is possible to restrain or prevent the OIS moving member from being affected by the restoring force of the fourth substrate (1804) during OIS driving, thereby enabling accurate OIS driving and improving the reliability of OIS driving. The movement restraining member (1080) may also be expressed as a “clamp.”

The cover member (1300) can form an accommodation space together with the housing (1210), and an OIS moving part can be placed within the accommodation space. For example, the cover member (1300) can be in the shape of a box with an open bottom. For example, the cover member (1300) can include a top plate (1301) and a side plate (1302) connected to the top plate (1301).

The lower end of the side plate (1302) of the cover member (1300) may be combined with the housing (1210). The shape of the upper plate (1301) of the cover member (1300) may be polygonal (e.g., square or octagonal) or circular. The upper plate (1301) of the cover member (1300) may include an opening (1303) for exposing a lens (not shown) to external light. The opening (1303) may be a through hole penetrating the upper plate (1301) of the cover member (1300) in the direction of the optical axis. For example, the number of side plates of the cover member (1300) may be plural. The material of the cover member (1300) may be a non-magnetic substance. In another embodiment, the cover member (1300) may be a magnetic substance. For example, the material of the cover member (1300) may be an injection-molded product such as a resin or a metal material.

Referring to FIGS. 20 and 21A, the cover member (1300) may include an opening (1304) positioned or formed in the side plate (1302) to avoid spatial interference with the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210). For example, the protrusion (1216) of the housing (1210) may pass through the opening (1304) of the cover member (1300) and protrude from the side plate (1302) of the cover member (1300).

The cover member (1300) may include a protrusion (1305) disposed over the opening (1304) and protruding from the side plate (1302). For example, the protrusion (1305) may have a plate shape. For example, the protrusion (1305) of the cover member (1300) may be disposed on the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210). For example, the protrusion (1305) may be disposed above the groove (1016A) of the protrusion (1215) of the housing (1210). For example, the protrusion (1305) may be disposed above the movement-restraining member (1080). For example, the protrusion (1305) may overlap with the movement-restraining member (1080) in the optical axis direction. Additionally, for example, the protrusion (1305) may overlap with the first portion (1804A) of the fourth substrate (1804) in the optical axis direction. The protrusion (1305) may inhibit or prevent the movement-inhibiting portion (1080) from being detached, and may protect the movement-inhibiting portion (1080) and the fourth substrate (1804) from impact.

Referring to FIG. 23g, the cover member (1300) may include a protrusion (1311) protruding from the upper plate (1301). At this time, the protrusion (1311) of the cover member (1300) may protrude from the inner surface of the upper plate (1301) of the cover member (1300) toward the bobbin (1110) or the cloud member (1021). For example, the protrusion (1311) of the cover member (1300) may face or overlap with the receiving portion (1116) of the bobbin (1110) in the optical axis direction. At least a portion of the protrusion (1311) of the cover member (1300) may be inserted or arranged within the receiving portion (1116) of the bobbin (1110). The protrusion (1311) of the cover member (1300) may be arranged on the cloud member (1021).

For example, the cover member (1300) may include a first protrusion (1311A) corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping the first receiving portion (1116A) of the first cloud member (1021A) or the bobbin (1110). For example, the cover member (1300) may include a second protrusion (1311B) corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping the second receiving portion (1116B) of the second cloud member (1021B) or the bobbin (1110). For example, the protrusion (1311) of the cover member (1300) may include a recessed shape from the upper surface of the upper plate (1301) of the cover member (330). In other embodiments, the protrusion of the cover member (1300) may not include a recess. By providing the protrusion (1311) on the cover member (1300), the embodiment can prevent the cloud member (1021) from being separated from the receiving portion (1116) of the bobbin (1110). In addition, the protrusion (1311) of the cover member (1300) can also act as a stopper that prevents the bobbin (1110) from moving any further in the upper direction within a limited range.

The following describes the support.

The support member may be arranged between the fixed member and the OIS moving member (1100). The support member may be arranged between the sensor base (1270) and the housing (1210) and may support the sensor base (1270) with respect to the housing (1210). The support member may include a tilting guide member (1060) arranged between the OIS moving member (e.g., the sensor base (1270)) and the fixed member (e.g., the housing (1210)). The tilting guide member (1060) may guide the tilting of the OIS moving member (1100).

The tilting guide part (1060) may be expressed as a driving plate, a “mover”, a “mover plate”, a “driving plate”, a “plate”, a “rotary plate”, a “tilting plate”, a “moving plate”, or a “support plate”.

The tilting guide part (1060) may be tilted or rotated by a preset angle based on the first axis or the second axis. For example, the tilting guide part (1060) may be positioned between the lower part (or bottom) of the sensor base (1270) and the lower part (1042) of the housing (1210). For example, at least a portion of the tilting guide part (1060) may be positioned within the mounting part (1069) of the housing (1210). Since the tilting guide part (1060) is positioned within the mounting part (1069) of the housing (1210), the length or height of the camera device (1200) in the optical axis direction may be reduced.

Referring to FIG. 23b, FIG. 28a, and FIG. 31, the tilting guide part (1060) may be in a plate shape. The tilting guide part (1060) may include a body. The body of the tilting guide part (1060) may be expressed as a main body or a “plate part.” When viewed from above, the shape of the body of the tilting guide part (1060) may be a polygon (e.g., a square), a circle, or an oval. When viewed from above, the shape of the body of the tilting guide part (1060) may be a square, and a corner (or edge) portion of the body may be rounded.

For example, the length in a horizontal direction (e.g., horizontal direction or vertical direction) perpendicular to the optical axis of the tilting guide part (1060) may be greater than the length in the optical axis direction of the tilting guide part (1060).

The tilting guide member (1060) may include a first guide member disposed on a first surface (or upper surface) (1006A) facing the OIS moving member (e.g., sensor base (1270)) and a second guide member disposed on a second surface (or lower surface) (1006B) facing the fixed member (e.g., housing (1210)).

The first guide member may be at least one, and the second guide member may be at least one. For example, a first axis may be formed by the first guide member, and a second axis may be formed by the second guide member. For example, the first guide member may include a plurality of first guide members spaced apart in a direction parallel to the first axis. The second guide member may include a plurality of second guide members spaced apart in a direction parallel to the second axis. For example, a first axis may be formed by a plurality of first guide members, and a second axis may be formed by a plurality of second guide members.

The first guide member may be a “protrusion”, a “protrusion”, a “ball member”, or a “ball”, and the second guide member may be a “protrusion”, a “protrusion”, a “ball member”, or a “ball”.

Referring to FIGS. 28A and 28B, the tilting guide portion (1060) may include a first protrusion (1065) coupled with or in contact with the sensor base (1270) and a second protrusion (1066) coupled with or in contact with the housing (1210). The first protrusion (1065) may be disposed on a first surface (1006A) (e.g., an upper surface) of the tilting guide portion (1060), and the second protrusion (1066) may be disposed on a second surface (1006B) (or a lower surface) of the tilting guide portion (1060) which is opposite to the first surface (1006A). For example, the first protrusion (1065) may protrude from the first surface (1006A) (e.g., the upper surface) of the tilting guide portion (1060), and the second protrusion (1066) may protrude from the second surface (1006B) (e.g., the lower surface) of the tilting guide portion (1060).

The first protrusion (1065) may be replaced with “upper protrusion (or front protrusion)” or “first protrusion”, and the second protrusion (1066) may be replaced with “lower protrusion (or rear protrusion)” or “second protrusion”. The number of each of the first protrusion (1065) and the second protrusion (1066) may be 1, 2, 3 or more.

At least a portion of the first protrusion (1065) may be positioned within the groove (1029) of the sensor base (1270). The first protrusion (1065) may include at least two protrusions (1065A, 1065B). For example, the first-first protrusion (1065A) and the first-second protrusion (1065B) may be positioned spaced apart from each other in the first-axis direction. Each of the two protrusions (1065A, 1065B) may be positioned inserted into a corresponding one of the first and second grooves (1029A, 1029B) of the sensor base (1270). In other embodiments, the two protrusions (1065A, 1065B) may be positioned spaced apart from each other in the first horizontal direction or the X-axis direction.

At least a portion of the second protrusion (1066) may be positioned within the groove (1055) of the housing (1210).

The second protrusion (1066) may include at least two protrusions (1066A, 1066B). For example, the 2-1 protrusion (1066A) and the 2-2 protrusion (1066B) may be arranged to be spaced apart in the second-axis direction. Each of the two protrusions (1066A, 1066B) may be inserted into and arranged in a corresponding one of the first and second grooves (1055A, 1055B) of the housing (1210). In other embodiments, the two protrusions (1066A, 1066B) may be arranged to be spaced apart in the second horizontal direction or the Y-axis direction.

In another embodiment, the two protrusions (1065A, 1065B) of the tilting guide portion (1060) may be arranged spaced apart in the second axis direction, the first and second grooves (1029A, 1029B) of the sensor base (1270) may be arranged spaced apart in the second axis direction, the two protrusions (1066A, 1066B) of the tilting guide portion (1060) may be arranged spaced apart in the first axis direction, and the first and second grooves (1055A, 1055B) of the housing (1210) may be arranged spaced apart in the first axis direction.

For example, each of the first protrusion (1065) and the second protrusion (1066) may have a curved shape, a hemispherical shape, a dome shape, or a polyhedral shape, but is not limited thereto. For example, the shape of the first protrusion (1065) when viewed from the front or upper side and the shape of the second protrusion (1066) when viewed from the rear or lower side may be circular, oval, or polygonal.

The tilting guide portion (1060) may include an opening (1060A) corresponding to, opposite to, or overlapping with the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210) and/or the elastic member (1033). For example, the opening (1060A) may correspond to, opposite to, or overlap with the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210). The weight (or weight) of the tilting guide portion (1060) may be reduced by the opening (1060A), thereby making the camera device (1200) lighter.

For example, the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060) may be positioned at a position corresponding to the coupling portion (1049) to avoid spatial interference with the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210). In addition, the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060) may be formed to avoid spatial interference with the elastic member (1033) or/and the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210).

For example, the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide part (1060) may be a through hole or a hollow. For example, the opening (1060A) may penetrate the tilting guide part (1060) in the first direction (Z-axis direction) or the optical axis direction. For example, at least a portion of the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide part (1060) may have a shape corresponding to the coupling part (1049) of the housing (1210). For example, the opening (1060A) may have a circular, oval, polygonal, for example, rectangular shape.

When viewed from above, the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide part (1060) can be positioned between the protrusions (1065A, 1065B) of the tilting guide part (1060). When viewed from below, the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide part (1060) can be positioned between the protrusions (1066A, 1066B) of the tilting guide part (1060).

For example, the horizontal length of the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060) may be greater than the horizontal length of the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210). In another embodiment, the horizontal length of the opening (1060A) may be the same as the horizontal length of the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210). The vertical length of the opening (1060A) may be greater than the vertical length of the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210). In another embodiment, the vertical length of the opening (1060A) may be the same as the vertical length of the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210).

At least a portion of the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210) may be positioned within the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060). For example, the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210) may overlap with the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060) in the optical axis direction. Also, for example, the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210) may overlap with the tilting guide portion (1060) in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction. This may reduce the length or height of the camera device (1200) in the optical axis direction.

For example, at least a portion of the opening (1060A) may be positioned between two protrusions (1065A, 1065B) of the first protrusion (1065) of the tilting guide portion (1060). Additionally, at least a portion of the opening (1060A) may be positioned between protrusions (1066A, 1066B) of the second protrusion (1066) of the tilting guide portion (1060).

For example, the tilting guide part (1060) may be an injection molded product. For example, the tilting guide part (1060) may be made of plastic, resin, or ceramic. In another embodiment, the tilting guide part (1060) may include a metal material, for example, a SUS material. In addition, the tilting guide part (1060) may be a non-magnetic material. In another embodiment, the tilting guide part (1060) may be a magnetic material.

The protrusions (1065A, 1065B) of the first protrusion (1065) and the protrusions (1066A, 1066B) of the second protrusion (1066) may be arranged in a parallel manner along directions intersecting or perpendicular to each other. The OIS moving unit may be rotated, pivotally rotated, or tilted by a preset angle with respect to the first axis by the first protrusion (1065) of the tilting guide unit (1060). In addition, the OIS moving unit may be rotated, pivotally rotated, or tilted with respect to the second axis by the second protrusion (1066) of the tilting guide unit (1060).

In another embodiment, the tilting guide member (1060) may omit at least one of the first protrusion (1065) and the second protrusion (1066), and a cloud member or a ball member may be placed instead of the omitted protrusion.

Referring to FIGS. 28C and 28D , a tilting guide member (1060-1) according to another embodiment may include a first groove (1075) without the first protrusion (1065), and may include a second groove (1076) without the second protrusion (1066). In addition, the support member may include a first ball member instead of the first protrusion (1065), and may include a second ball member instead of the second protrusion (1066). For example, the first ball member may include two or more first ball members (1065A1, 1065B1), and the second ball member may include two or more ball members (1066A1, 1066B1).

The first groove (1075) may be arranged or formed on the first surface (1006A) of the tilting guide portion (1060-1). The first surface (1006A) may be a surface facing or opposing the sensor base (1270). The groove (75) may be recessed from the first surface (1006A) of the tilting guide portion (1060). For example, the tilting guide portion (1060-1) may include first grooves (1075A, 1075B) for placing at least a portion of the two first ball members (1065A1, 1065B1). For example, the first grooves (1075A, 1075B) may be arranged to be spaced apart in the first axis direction. For example, the first ball members (1065A1, 1065B1) may be arranged spaced apart in the first axis direction.

In another embodiment, the first ball members (1065A1, 1065B1) may be arranged spaced apart in the second axis direction, and the first grooves (1075A, 1075B) may be arranged spaced apart in the second axis direction.

In another embodiment, the first ball members (1065A1, 1065B1) and the first grooves (1075A, 1075B) may be spaced apart in the first horizontal direction (or the second horizontal direction).

In addition, the second groove (1076) of the tilting guide part (1060-1) may be arranged or formed on the second surface (1006B) of the tilting guide part (1060-1). The second surface (1006B) may be a surface facing or opposing the housing (1210). In addition, the second surface (1006B) may be an opposite surface of the first surface (1006A) of the tilting guide part (1060-1). The second groove (1076) may be recessed from the second surface (1006B) of the tilting guide part (1060).

For example, the tilting guide portion (1060-1) may include second grooves (1076A, 1076B) for placing at least a portion of two second ball members (1066A1, 1066B1). For example, the second grooves (1076A, 1076B) may be placed spaced apart in the second-axis direction. For example, the second ball members (1066A1, 1066B1) may be placed spaced apart in the second-axis direction. In another embodiment, the second ball members (1066A1, 1066B1) may be placed spaced apart in the first-axis direction, and the second grooves (1076A, 1076B) may be placed spaced apart in the first-axis direction. In another embodiment, the second ball members (1066A1, 1066B1) and the second grooves (1076A, 1076B) may be spaced apart in the second horizontal direction (or the first horizontal direction).

The description of the shape of the groove (1029) of the sensor base (1270) or the groove (1055) of the housing (1210) can be applied or analogized to the shapes of the first groove (1075) and the second groove (1076) of the tilting guide part (1060-1).

A lubricant may be placed between the first protrusion (1066) of the tilting guide part (1060) and the groove (1029) of the sensor base (1270) or between the second protrusion (1066) of the tilting guide part (1060) and the groove (1055) of the housing (1210) to reduce friction and protect the tilting guide part (1060).

The first protrusion (1065) of the tilting guide part (1060) can slide within the groove (1029) of the sensor base (1270), and the second protrusion (1066) can slide within the groove (1055) of the housing (1210). As a result, the frictional force between the tilting guide part (1060) and the sensor base (1270) and/or the frictional force between the tilting guide part (1060) and the housing (1210) can be reduced, and the current consumption or power consumption for driving the OIS can be reduced.

Referring to FIG. 23d and FIG. 31, the cloud member (1021) may not overlap with the tilting guide member (1060) in the direction of the optical axis. For example, as illustrated in FIG. 23c, the cloud member (1021) may not overlap with the tilting guide member (1060) in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis.

For example, the separation direction of the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B) may intersect with the separation direction of the protrusion (1065A) and the protrusion (1065B) of the tilting guide member (1060). For example, the separation direction of the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B) may not be parallel or perpendicular to the separation direction of the protrusion (1065A) and the protrusion (1065B) of the tilting guide member (1060).

For example, the separation direction of the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B) may intersect with the separation direction of the protrusion (1066A) and the protrusion (1066B) of the tilting guide member (1060). For example, the separation direction of the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B) may not be parallel or perpendicular to the separation direction of the protrusion (1066A) and the protrusion (1066B) of the tilting guide member (1060).

For example, when viewed from above, the distance between the protrusions (1065A) and (1065B) of the tilting guide member (1060) may be smaller than the distance between the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B). In another embodiment, the distance between the protrusions (1065A) and (1065B) of the tilting guide member (1060) may be equal to or greater than the distance between the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B).

For example, when viewed from above, the distance between the protrusions (1066A) and (1066B) of the tilting guide member (1060) may be smaller than the distance between the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B). In another embodiment, the distance between the protrusions (1066A) and (1066B) of the tilting guide member (1060) may be equal to or greater than the distance between the first cloud member (1021A) and the second cloud member (1021B).

The support member may include an elastic member (1033) connecting the OIS moving member (e.g., the sensor base (1270)) and the fixed member (e.g., the housing (1210)). The elastic member (1033) may be an elastic unit, a spring, a spring, a coil spring, a suspension wire, or a plate spring. For example, the elastic member (1033) may be made of an elastic material. For example, the elastic member (1033) may be made of a metal material. For example, the elastic member (1033) may have a restoring force of a pushing force (or an expanding force).

For example, at least another portion of the elastic member (1033) may be coupled or connected to the housing (1210). For example, at least another portion of the elastic member (1033) may be coupled or connected to the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210). For example, at least another portion of the elastic member (1033) may be coupled or connected to the engaging portion (1049) of the housing (1210). For example, at least another portion of the elastic member (1033) may be coupled to the receiving portion (1049A) of the engaging portion (1049) of the engaging portion (1049) of the housing (1210).

At least a portion of the elastic member (1033) may be positioned within the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060). For example, the elastic member (1033) may face or overlap with the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060) in the optical axis direction. For example, the elastic member (1033) may not overlap with the tilting guide portion (1060) in the optical axis direction. Also, for example, at least a portion of the elastic member (1033) may overlap with the tilting guide portion (1060) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis.

The support member (1064) can be coupled or assembled with the OIS moving part. For example, the support member (1064) can be coupled with the sensor base (1270) or assembled to the sensor base (1270). For example, the support member (1064) can be coupled with the extension (1217) of the sensor base (1270) or assembled to the extension (1217). For example, the support member (1064) can be coupled with the extension (1217) of the base (1270) by an adhesive.

The support member (1064) may be expressed as a “magnetic support member”, a “sensor base rigid”, a “support”, a “mover rigid”, a “holding rigid”, a “joint”, or a “plate”. For example, the support member (1064) may be formed of an injection-molded material, a plastic material, or a resin material, or, for example, the support member (1064) may be formed of a metal material or a metal plate. Or, the support member (1064) may be formed of a heat dissipation material. The support member (1064) may have a polyhedral shape (e.g., a hexahedron). The support member (1064) may have a plate shape. For example, when viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis, the support member (1064) may have a polygonal shape, for example, a square shape. For example, when viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis, the support member (1064) may be rectangular, square, circular, or oval.

Fig. 33a is a cutaway perspective view of the camera device (1200), and Fig. 33b is an enlarged view of the dotted line portion of Fig. 33a.

Referring to FIGS. 33a and 33b, the support member (1064) may be positioned spaced apart from the tilting guide member (1060). The support member (1064) may be positioned below the tilting guide member (1060) (or the body of the tilting guide member (1060)).

At least a portion of the support member (1064) may overlap with the elastic member (1033) in the optical axis direction. The support member (1064) may overlap with the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide part (1060) in the optical axis direction. The support member (1064) may be positioned below the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide part (1060). The support member (1064) may not overlap with the tilting guide part (1060) in the optical axis direction. The support member (1064) may correspond to, face, or overlap with the extension part (1217) of the sensor base (1270) in the optical axis direction. For example, the support member (1064) may not overlap with the body of the tilting guide part (1060) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction. In another embodiment, the support member may overlap the body of the tilting guide member (1060) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis direction.

The lower surface of the support member (1064) may be positioned higher than the lower surface of the lower surface (1042) of the housing (1210). In other embodiments, the lower surface of the support member (1064) may be positioned lower than the lower surface of the lower surface (1042) of the housing (1210) or may be positioned at the same height as the lower surface of the lower surface (1042) of the housing (1210).

For example, the support member (1064) may not overlap the magnet (1310) and/or the coil (1230) in the optical axis direction. The support member (1064) may overlap the image sensor (1810) in the optical axis direction.

The moving module may include a portion (or “first portion”) that passes through the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide member (1060) or is positioned within the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide member (1060). The support member (1064) may be coupled with the first portion of the moving module. The fixing member may include an opening (1018) in which the first portion of the moving module is positioned.

At least a portion of the extension (1217) of the sensor base (1270) may correspond to, face, or overlap with the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060) in the optical axis direction. For example, the extension (1217) may not overlap with the tilting guide portion (1060) in the optical axis direction. In another embodiment, a portion of the extension (1217) may overlap with the tilting guide portion (1060) in the optical axis direction.

At least a portion of the extension (1217) may be positioned within the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060). For example, at least a portion of the extension (1217) may pass through the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060). At least a portion of the extension (1217) may pass through or penetrate the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060) and be coupled to the support member (1064).

As shown in FIG. 23b and FIG. 33b, the end of the extension (1217) may be positioned below the lower surface of the tilting guide (1060).

In another embodiment, the end of the extension (1217) may be positioned within the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide (1060). For example, the end of the extension (1217) may be positioned between the upper and lower surfaces of the tilting guide (1060).

In the embodiment of FIG. 26d, the extension portion (1217) corresponds to a part of the sensor base (1270) and can be formed integrally with the sensor base (1270).

In another embodiment, the camera device may have a sensor base (1270) and a separate coupling member instead of the extension (1217). In this case, the separate coupling member may be coupled with the sensor base (1270). For example, the coupling member may be coupled with the sensor base (1270) by an adhesive. For example, the coupling member may include a first coupling structure (e.g., a protrusion or a groove), and the sensor base (1270) may include a second coupling structure (e.g., a groove or a protrusion) for coupling with the first coupling structure. For example, one end of the coupling member may be coupled with a lower portion (or lower surface) of the sensor base (1270), and the other end of the coupling member may be coupled with a support member (1064). At least a portion of the coupling member may be disposed within the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060). The joining member can be joined to the supporting member (1064) by passing through the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide member (1060). At this time, the sensor base (1270) may not include a portion positioned within the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide member (1060).

In an embodiment, the support member (1064) may be coupled to the extension (1217) of the sensor base (1270) passing through the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide member (1060), and the support member (1064) may not overlap with the body of the tilting guide member (1060) in the optical axis direction. In other words, the size of the support member (1064) may be reduced, and the shape may be simplified.

In a camera device according to a comparative example, the support member may overlap at least a portion of the tilting guide member in the optical axis direction, and the support member may include an extension portion extending to at least one corner portion of the housing.

In order for the moving part (e.g., the sensor base (1270)) to tilt about the first or second axis, a space is required between the sensor base (1270) and the housing (1210). In the comparative example, the space for the sensor base (1270) to tilt about the first or second axis can be increased by the extended portion of the support member.

On the other hand, in the embodiment, the support member (1064) may have a simple structure that does not overlap with the tilting guide part (1060) in the optical axis direction. In the embodiment, the size of the support member (1064) may be designed small. In addition, in the embodiment, the end of the support member (1064) may be positioned closer to the center or central region of the optical axis or the tilting module rather than the corner of the housing (1210). Accordingly, in the embodiment, compared to the comparative example, the space required for tilting the sensor base, which is the OIS moving part, for shake correction can be reduced, and the size of the camera device can be reduced.

The elastic member (1033) may be placed on the lower side of the joint portion (1049) of the housing (1210). The elastic member (1033) may be placed on the support member (1064) or may be connected or coupled with the support member (1064).

Referring to FIG. 26A, the support member (1064) may include a coupling portion (1093A). The coupling portion (1093A) may be expressed as a “receiving portion,” a “groove,” a “seating portion,” or a “seating groove.” For example, the coupling portion (1093A) may be a groove that is recessed from the upper surface of the support member (1064). For example, a portion of the elastic member (1033) may be positioned within the groove of the coupling portion (1093A). Alternatively, for example, the elastic member (1033) may be coupled, attached, or fixed to the coupling portion (1093A) of the support member (1064) by an adhesive.

The elastic member (1033) may overlap with the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide member (1060) in the direction of the optical axis. The elastic member (1033) may not overlap with the tilting guide member (1060) in the direction of the optical axis. Referring to FIGS. 33A and 33B, the elastic member (1033) may not overlap with the tilting guide member (1060) in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis. In other embodiments, the elastic member (1033) may overlap with the tilting guide member (1060) in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis.

When viewed from above, the size (e.g., diameter) of the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060) may be larger than the size (e.g., diameter or length in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis) of the elastic member (1033).

The upper, upper or one end of the elastic member (1033) may be connected or coupled with a fixed member (e.g., a coupling member (1049)), and the lower, lower or other end of the elastic member (1033) may be connected or coupled with an OIS moving member (e.g., a sensor base (1270)) or a support member (1064).

The elastic member (1033) connecting the OIS moving part and the fixed part can have a restoring force of a pushing force or an expanding force. The OIS moving part and the fixed part can press the tilting guide part (1060) by the elastic member (1033), and thus the OIS moving part can be stably supported. That is, the tilting guide part (1060) can be pressed against the moving part by the elastic member (1033) or the restoring force of the elastic member (1033).

Referring to FIGS. 33a and 33b, the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210) may be positioned between the sensor base (210) and the support member (1064). The elastic member (1033) may be positioned between the coupling portion (1049) and the support member (1064).

The image sensor (1810) or filter (1610) may be positioned closer to the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210) than to the support member (1064). For example, a lower surface of the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210) may be positioned closer to the support member (1064) than to the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210).

The tilting guide part (1060) can be brought into close contact with the OIS moving part and the fixed part by the expanding force or the pushing force (or restoring force) of the elastic member (1033). The lower surface of the sensor base (1270) can press the tilting guide part (1060) by the pushing force (or restoring force) of the elastic member (1033). The lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210) can press the tilting guide part (1060) by the expanding restoring force of the elastic member (1033). As a result, the first protrusion (1065) and the second protrusion (1066) of the tilting guide part (1060) can be brought into close contact with the sensor base (1270) and/or the housing (1210). By the expanding restoring force of the elastic member (1033), the tilting guide member (1060) can stably support the OIS moving member (1100) with respect to the fixed member, and stable OIS operation can be performed.

In addition, since at least a part of the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210) and at least a part of the extension portion (1217) of the sensor base (1270) are positioned within the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060), the distance between the receiving portion (1049A) of the coupling portion (1049) and the coupling portion (1093A) of the support member (1064) can be reduced. The elastic member (1033) can be assembled to the receiving portion (1049A) of the coupling portion (1049) and the coupling portion (1093A) of the support member (1064) in a compressed state. The compressed elastic member (1033) can generate an elastic restoring force (e.g., a pushing force) to restore to a circular shape. When the distance between the receiving portion (1049A) of the coupling portion (1049) and the coupling portion (1093A) of the supporting member (1064) is small, the restoring force of the elastic member (1033) can increase, and thus the OIS moving portion can be stably supported on the fixed portion, and stable OIS operation can be performed.

In addition, since the elastic member (1033) connects the central region of the support member (1064) corresponding to or opposite the central region of the lower surface of the sensor base (1270) and the central region of the lower portion (1042) of the housing (1210) or the central region of the connecting portion (1049), the restoring force of the elastic member (1033) can be concentrated on the central region of the sensor base (1270) and the central region of the housing (1210), and thus the OIS moving part can be supported efficiently and stably.

In another embodiment, the joining portion (1049) of the housing (1210) may be omitted, and a part of the elastic member (1033) may be joined to the lower surface of the lower surface (1042) of the housing (1210). In addition, the fixing portion (1069) of the housing (1210) may be omitted, and a fixing portion corresponding to or identical to the fixing portion (1069) of the housing (1210) may be formed on the lower surface of the sensor base (1270), and the tilting guide portion (1060) may be arranged within the fixing portion of the sensor base (1270).

In another embodiment, the tilting guide member (1060) may be omitted, and the support member may include a cloud member, for example, a ball member, arranged between the sensor base (1270) and the housing (1210). At this time, the cloud member may include two first ball members arranged in a direction parallel to one axis and two second ball members arranged in a direction parallel to the second axis, and the OIS moving member may tilt the first ball members about an axis or rotate them by a preset angle, and may tilt the second ball members about an axis or rotate them by a preset angle, and a shake correction operation may be performed according to the result.

In FIGS. 33A and 33B, at least a portion of the coupling portion (1049) and at least a portion of the extension portion (1217) are positioned within the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060), but in other embodiments, at least a portion of the coupling portion (1049) may be positioned outside the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060) and at least a portion of the extension portion (1217) of the sensor base (1270) may be positioned within the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide portion (1060).

Referring to FIG. 31 and FIG. 35A, when viewed from above, the first magnet unit (1310A) may overlap the protrusions (1065A, 1065B) in the direction in which the protrusions (1065A, 1065B) of the tilting guide portion (1060) face each other or in the first axis direction. In addition, the second magnet unit (1310B) may overlap the protrusions (1065A, 1065B) in the direction in which the protrusions (1066A, 1066B) of the tilting guide portion (1060) face each other or in the second axis direction.

Referring to FIGS. 23E and 23F, the tilting guide unit (1060) may overlap with the magnet (1310) in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. For example, the first magnet unit (1310A) may overlap with the tilting guide unit (1060) in the first axis direction, and the second magnet unit (1310B) may overlap with the tilting guide unit (1060) in the second axis direction.

For example, the magnet (1310) and the yoke (1380) may be positioned below the image sensor (1810). For example, the magnet (1310) may be positioned below the filter (1610). Additionally, the magnet (1310) may be positioned below the elastic member (1033). For example, the magnet (1310) may be positioned below the holder (1140). For example, the magnet (1310) may be positioned below the sensor base (1270). For example, the upper surface of the magnet (1310) may be positioned below the lower surface of the sensor base (1270). The upper surface of the magnet (1310) may be positioned below the lower surface of the holder (1140). The upper surface of the magnet (1310) may be positioned below the lower surface of the elastic member (1033). For example, the magnet (1310) may be positioned below the cloud member (1021).

Referring to FIG. 23f, for example, the upper surface of the magnet (1310), for example, the upper surface of the magnet unit (1310A, 1310B), may be positioned below the uppermost portion of the elastic member (1033). In another embodiment, the upper surface of the magnet (1310) may be positioned higher than the uppermost portion of the elastic member (1033) or may be at the same height as the uppermost portion of the elastic member (1033).

For example, the upper surface of the magnet (1310), for example, the upper surface of the magnet unit (1310A, 1310B), may be positioned higher than the lowermost end of the elastic member (1033).

For example, the lowermost end of the elastic member (1033) may be positioned lower than the lower surface of the magnet (1310), for example, the lower surface of the magnet unit (1310A, 1310B). In another embodiment, the lowermost end of the elastic member (1033) may be positioned higher than the lower surface of the magnet (1310), for example, the lower surface of the magnet unit (1310A, 1310B). In another embodiment, the two may be at the same height.

Referring to FIG. 31, for example, the first magnet unit (1310A) and the second magnet unit (1310B) may have the same shape and size.

The first length (L1) of the first magnet unit (1310A) in the second axis direction may be shorter than the second length (L2) of the first magnet unit (1310A) in the first axis direction. In addition, the first length of the second magnet unit (1310B) in the first axis direction may be shorter than the second length of the second magnet unit (1310B) in the second axis direction. The length of the first magnet unit (1310A) in the optical axis direction may be shorter than the second length (L2) of the first magnet unit (1310A). In addition, the length of the second magnet unit (1310B) in the optical axis direction may be shorter than the second length of the second magnet unit (1310B). In another embodiment, the length in the optical axis direction of the first magnet unit (1310A) (or the second magnet unit (1310B)) may be equal to or greater than the second length (L2) of the first magnet unit (1310A) (or the second magnet unit (1310B)).

For example, the first length (L1) of the first magnet unit (1310A) (or the second magnet unit (1310B)) may be smaller than the length of the tilting guide part (1060) in the second direction (X-axis direction) or the third direction (Y-axis direction). For example, the first length (L1) of the first magnet unit (1310A) (or the second magnet unit (1310B)) may be larger than the length (M1) between the outer surface and the inner surface of the tilting guide part (1060). For example, M1 may be the shortest distance between the outer surface of the tilting guide part (1060) and the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide part (1060). In other embodiments, L1 may be equal to or smaller than M1.

For example, the first length (L1) of the first magnet unit (1310A) (or the second magnet unit (1310B)) may be smaller than the length of the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide part (1060) in the first or second axial direction. The first length (L1) of the first magnet unit (1310A) (or the second magnet unit (1310B)) may be smaller than the length of the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide part (1060) in the second or third direction. In other embodiments, L1 may be greater than or equal to the length of the opening (1060A) in the first or second axial direction. Alternatively, L1 may be greater than or equal to the length of the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide part (1060) in the second or third direction.

Referring to FIGS. 28A, 28B, and 31, the shortest separation distance (L3) between the first protrusions (1065A, 1065B) may be greater than the first length (L1). The shortest separation distance (L4) between the second protrusions (1066A, 1066B) may be greater than the first length (L1). For example, L3 and L4 may be the same. In other embodiments, L3 and L4 may be different. The description of L3 and L4 may also be applied or analogized to the first ball members (1065A1, 1065B1) and the second ball members (1066A1, 1066B1) of FIGS. 28C and 28D.

For example, the upper surface of the magnet (1310) may be positioned lower than the upper surface of the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210). This is to secure sufficient space to avoid spatial interference between the magnet (1310) and the lower surface of the sensor base (1270). In another embodiment, the upper surface of the magnet (1310) may be positioned higher than the upper surface of the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210). In yet another embodiment, the upper surface of the magnet (1310) and the upper surface of the coupling portion (1049) of the housing (1210) may have the same height. For example, the upper surface of the magnet (1310) may be positioned lower than the highest point of the first protrusion (1065) of the tilting guide portion (1060).

When viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis, the protrusions (1065A, 1065B), the elastic member (1033), and the first magnet unit (1310A) can overlap each other in the first axis direction. When viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis, the protrusions (1066A, 1066B), the elastic member (1033), and the second magnet unit (1310B) can overlap each other in the second axis direction.

When viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis, the magnet (1310) may not overlap with the elastic member (1033) in the second direction (X-axis direction) or the third direction (Y-axis direction).

In another embodiment, the magnet (1310) may overlap the elastic member (1033) in the second direction (X-axis direction) or the third direction (Y-axis direction) when viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis.

FIG. 34 is a perspective view of a camera device including a shield member (1390).

Referring to FIG. 34, the camera device may include a shield member (1390) that closes an opening (1018) of a housing (1210).

The shield member (1390) may be coupled or attached to the lower surface of the lower portion of the housing (1210). The shield member (1390) may be coupled to the housing (1210) by an adhesive (not shown). For example, the shield member (1390) may be in the form of an adhesive tape. For example, the shield member (1390) may be made of an injection-molded material (e.g., resin) or a metal material. The shield member (1390) may also be expressed as a “cover,” a sealing member, or a “shield tape.” The shield member (1390) may be spaced apart from the support member (1064).

The shield member (1390) can prevent foreign substances from entering the housing (1210) through the opening (1018) and can protect the extension (1217) and the support member (1064) from impact.

Referring to FIG. 32, the housing (1210) may include a first groove (1048A) for placing or seating the shield member (1390). The first groove (1048A) may be formed around the opening (1018). The first groove (1048A) may be recessed from the lower surface (1042) of the housing (1210).

For example, the camera device (1200) may include an adhesive (not shown) disposed in the first groove (1048A) of the housing (1210), and the adhesive may bond the first groove (1048A) of the housing (1210) and the shield member (1390).

Additionally, the housing (1210) may include at least one groove (1048B, 1048C) having a step with the first groove (1048A). The at least one groove (1048B, 1048C) may be positioned between the opening (1018) of the housing (1210) and the first groove (1048A) of the housing (1210).

For example, the housing (1210) may include a second groove (1048B) positioned higher than the first groove (1048A) with respect to the lower surface of the housing (1210). In addition, the housing (1210) may include a third groove (1048B) positioned higher than the second groove (1048B) with respect to the lower surface of the housing (1210). For example, each of the first to third grooves (1048A, 1048B, 1048C) may include a bottom surface and a side surface.

At least one groove (1048B, 1048C) of the housing (1210) can prevent adhesive injected into the first groove (1048A) from flowing into the interior of the housing (1210). The adhesive is disposed on the bottom surface of the first groove (1048A), thereby preventing the adhesive from overflowing out of the first groove (1048A) of the housing (1210).

In FIG. 34, the support member (1064) may include a long side and a short side, and the support member (1064) may be arranged such that the long side of the support member (1064) is parallel to the second direction (X-axis direction) or the third direction. In other embodiments, the long side of the support member (1064) may be arranged such that it intersects the second direction and the third direction. For example, in other embodiments, the long side of the support member (1064) may be arranged such that it is parallel to the first axis or the second axis.

Fig. 35a shows the electromagnetic force (F1, F2) according to the interaction between the magnet units (1310A, 1310B) and the coil units (1230A, 1230B), and Fig. 35b shows the movement of the OIS moving part (1100) due to the electromagnetic force of Fig. 35a. Fig. 35a shows the electromagnetic force when the first and second magnet units (1310A, 1310B) are two-pole magnets having an N pole and a S pole.

Referring to FIGS. 35A and 35B, the movement operation of the OIS moving unit by the OIS driving unit will be described. The OIS driving unit may include a coil (1230) and a magnet (1310). In addition, the OIS driving unit may include a position sensor (1240). The AF driving unit may be expressed as one of the “first driving unit” and the “second driving unit,” and the OIS driving unit may be expressed as the other of the “first driving unit” and the “second driving unit.”

For example, a first surface (e.g., an upper surface) of a first magnet unit (1310A) facing or opposing the first coil unit (1230A) in the optical axis direction and a first surface (e.g., an upper surface) of a second magnet unit (1310B) facing or opposing the second coil unit (1230B) in the optical axis direction may have opposite polarities. By making the first surface (e.g., an upper surface) of the first magnet unit (1310A) and the first surface (e.g., an upper surface) of the second magnet unit (1310B) have opposite polarities, an effect of a magnetic field of the first magnet unit (1310A) on the second coil unit (1230B) and an effect of a magnetic field of the second magnet unit on the first coil unit (1230A) may be canceled out, and magnetic field balancing may be implemented. As a result, the influence of unnecessary magnetic fields caused by two adjacent magnet units (1310A, 1310B) on the coil unit (1230A, 1230B) can be suppressed or reduced, and the camera device (1200) can improve the performance and reliability of OIS operation.

In addition, by making the first surface (e.g., the upper surface) of the first magnet unit (1310A) and the first surface (e.g., the upper surface) of the second magnet unit (1310B) have opposite polarities, the influence of the magnetic field of the first magnet unit (1310A) on the second sensor (1240B) and the influence of the magnetic field of the second magnet unit on the first sensor (1240A) can be canceled out, and magnetic field balancing can be implemented. As a result, the influence of unnecessary magnetic fields originating from adjacent magnet units (1310A, 1310B) on the sensors (1240A, 1240B) can be suppressed or reduced, the reliability of the output of the sensors (1240A, 1240B) can be improved, and the performance and reliability of OIS operation can be improved.

Also, for example, the second surface (e.g., the lower surface) of the first magnet unit (1310A) and the second surface (e.g., the lower surface) of the second magnet unit (1310B) may have opposite polarities. The second surface (e.g., the lower surface) of the first magnet unit (1310A) may be the opposite surface of the first surface (e.g., the upper surface) of the first magnet unit (1310A) and may have a polarity that is opposite to the polarity of the first surface (e.g., the upper surface) of the first magnet unit (1310A). The second surface (e.g., the lower surface) of the second magnet unit (1310B) may be the opposite surface of the first surface (e.g., the upper surface) of the second magnet unit (1310B) and may have a polarity opposite to the first surface (e.g., the upper surface) of the second magnet unit (1310B). For example, the first surface of the first magnet unit (1310A) may be the N pole (or S pole), and the first surface of the second magnet unit (1310B) may be the S pole (or N pole).

A first electromagnetic force (F1) may be generated by the interaction between the first magnet unit (1310A) and the first coil unit (1230A). For example, the first electromagnetic force (F1) may be applied in the direction of the optical axis, for example, in the upward or downward direction. The OIS moving unit (1100) may be tilted about the second axis (or the second protrusion (1066)) by the first electromagnetic force (F1). For example, the OIS moving unit (1100) may be tilted about the second axis by the first electromagnetic force (F1). Here, the second-axis tilting may mean that the OIS moving unit is tilted based on the second axis or that the OIS moving unit is rotated by a preset angle about the second axis as the rotation axis.

For example, the tilting guide part (1060) can be tilted about the second axis (or the protrusions (1066A, 1066B) of the second protrusion (1066)) by the first electromagnetic force (F1). For example, the tilting guide part (1060) can be tilted about the second axis by the first electromagnetic force (F1). For example, in an embodiment where the arrangement of the protrusions (1066A, 1066B) is in the first axis direction, the tilting guide part (1060) can also be tilted about the first axis.

Referring to FIG. 23b, in order for the OIS moving unit to tilt with respect to the second axis (or the second protrusion (1066) of the tilting guide unit (1060)), a gap or space must exist between the tilting guide unit (1060) and the OIS moving unit (e.g., the sensor base (1270)) by the first protrusion (1065) of the tilting guide unit (1060). For example, a gap or space may exist between the upper surface (1006A) of the tilting guide unit (1060) and the OIS moving unit (e.g., the sensor base (1270)) in which the tilting guide unit (1060) can move. For example, the upper surface (1006A) of the tilting guide unit (1060) may be spaced apart from the OIS moving unit (e.g., the sensor base (1270)) or the lower surface of the sensor base (1270).

A second electromagnetic force (F2) can be generated by the interaction between the second magnet unit (1310B) and the second coil unit (1230B). For example, the second electromagnetic force (F2) can be applied in an upward or downward direction.

The OIS moving unit can be tilted about the first axis (or the first protrusion (1065)) by the second electromagnetic force (F2). For example, the OIS moving unit can be tilted about the first axis by the second electromagnetic force (F2). Here, the first-axis tilting can mean that the OIS moving unit is tilted based on the first axis or that the OIS moving unit is rotated by a preset angle about the first axis as the rotation axis.

For example, the tilting guide part (1060) may come into contact with a fixed part (e.g., housing (1210)) by tilting the first or second axis, and at this time, the fixed part may act as a stopper to suppress the tilt of the OIS moving part.

Fig. 35c shows an arrangement of magnet units (1310A, 1310B) according to a modified example of Fig. 35a. Referring to Fig. 35c, a first surface (e.g., an upper surface) of a first magnet unit (1310A) facing or opposing a first coil unit (1230A) in the optical axis direction and a first surface (e.g., an upper surface) of a second magnet unit (1310B) facing or opposing a second coil unit (1230B) in the optical axis direction may have the same polarity. For example, the first surface of the first magnet unit (1310A) and the first surface of the second magnet unit (1310B) may be the N pole (or the S pole), and the second surface of the first magnet unit (1310A) and the second surface of the second magnet unit (1310B) may be the S pole (or the N pole).

FIG. 35d shows electromagnetic forces (F11, F12) due to the interaction between magnet units (1310A1, 1310B1) and coil units (1230A, 1230B) according to another embodiment.

Referring to FIG. 35d, the first magnet unit (1310A1) may be a magnet divided or arranged into one N pole and one S pole in the first axis direction. The second magnet unit (1310B1) may be a magnet divided or arranged into one N pole and one S pole in the second axis direction. For example, the first surface of the first magnet unit (1310A1) may include an N pole and a S pole, and the first surface of the second magnet unit (1310B1) may include an N pole and a S pole.

A first electromagnetic force (F11) resulting from the interaction between the first magnet unit (1310A1) and the first coil unit (1230A) can act in a direction different from the optical axis (e.g., in the first axis direction). A second electromagnetic force (F12) resulting from the interaction between the second magnet unit (1310B1) and the second coil unit (1230B) can act in a direction different from the optical axis (e.g., in the second axis direction).

For example, a first electromagnetic force (F11) resulting from the interaction between the first magnet unit (1310A1) and the first coil unit (1230A) may act in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. In addition, a second electromagnetic force (F12) resulting from the interaction between the second magnet unit (1310B1) and the second coil unit (1230B) may act in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis. For example, F11 and F12 may act in intersecting directions (e.g., perpendicular directions).

In FIG. 35d, the first pole of the first magnet unit (1310A1) may be arranged closer to the tilting guide part (1060) than the second pole of the first magnet unit (1310A1). Also, the second pole of the second magnet unit (1310B1) may be arranged closer to the tilting guide part (1060) than the first pole of the second magnet unit (1310B1). Alternatively, the first pole of the first magnet unit (1310A1) may be located on the inside, and the second pole of the first magnet unit (1310A1) may be located on the outside. On the other hand, the first pole of the second magnet unit (1310B1) may be located on the outside, and the second pole of the second magnet unit (1310B1) may be located on the inside. For example, the first pole may be a N pole (or S pole) and the second pole may be a S pole (or N pole). In another embodiment, the first magnet unit (1310A1) and the second magnet unit (1310B1) may be arranged so that their opposite polarities are closer to the tilting guide portion (1060). The description of the magnetic field balancing of the embodiment of FIG. 35a may be applied or analogized to the embodiment of FIG. 35d.

In another embodiment, the first magnet unit (1310A1) and the second magnet unit (1310B1) may be arranged so that the same polarity (e.g., N pole or S pole) is closer to the tilting guide portion (1060).

The OIS moving part can be tilted about the second axis (or the second protrusion (1066)) by the first electromagnetic force (F11). For example, the OIS moving part can be tilted about the second axis by the first electromagnetic force (F11). The OIS moving part can be tilted about the first axis (or the first protrusion (1065)) by the second electromagnetic force (F12). For example, the OIS moving part can be tilted about the first axis by the second electromagnetic force (F12).

In FIG. 35a, FIG. 35c, and FIG. 35d, the yoke (1380) can serve to increase the electromagnetic force (F1, F2, F11, F12) (or driving force).

In FIGS. 35A to 35D, the OIS moving part can be tilted about a first axis or a second axis in a diagonal direction by the magnet units (1310A, 1310B), the coil units (1230A, 1230B), and the tilting guide part (1060). In another embodiment, the arrangement of the magnet units (1310A, 1310B) and the coil units (1230A, 1230B), and the arrangement of the axes according to the protrusions (1065, 1066) of the tilting guide part can be changed to enable X-axis tilting or Y-axis tilting.

In a camera device (hereinafter, “Comparative Example 1”) in which the image sensor is fixed and the lens is moved in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis for shake correction or shake compensation, image distortion may occur. In addition, in a camera device (hereinafter, “Comparative Example 2”) in which the lens is fixed without moving but the image sensor is moved or tilted for shake correction or shake compensation, image distortion may occur at the edge or corner of the image sensor. In Comparative Examples 1 and 2, since the image sensor and the lens are separated and only one of the image sensor and the lens is moved or tilted, image distortion may occur during shake correction, and shake correction at a high wide angle may be difficult.

In an embodiment, for shake correction, the OIS driving unit may tilt the OIS moving unit (1100) based on the first axis or the second axis or rotate it within a preset angle range. In an embodiment, since the OIS moving unit (1100) includes a lens module (1400) and an image sensor (1810), when the OIS is driven, the tilting direction (or rotation direction) and the tilting angle (or rotation angle) of the lens module (400, e.g., a lens or lens module) (or bobbin (1110)) may be the same as or nearly the same as the tilting direction (or rotation direction) and the tilting angle (or rotation angle) of the image sensor (1810).

In the embodiment, when the OIS is driven, the lens module (1400) (or bobbin (1110)) and the image sensor (1810) tilt or rotate together, so that there is no image distortion and 100% image resolution can be obtained, and high-angle shake correction or shake correction can be possible.

In addition, since the OIS moving part including the lens module (1400) (or bobbin (1110)) and the image sensor (1810) tilts or rotates in the embodiment, even if shake occurs in the camera device, image degradation does not occur in the center of the image sensor and the outer part of the image sensor (e.g., the corner or corner area of the image sensor). Accordingly, the embodiment can perform shake correction in a wide band. In addition, since the embodiment can perform image correction without mechanical distortion, the load received during image processing is less than in Comparative Examples 1 and 2, so that current consumption can be reduced.

In addition, since in the embodiment, a tilting guide member (1060) is used for tilting the OIS moving member, the OIS moving member can be tilted stably, precisely, and accurately, compared to examples that only use a ball member or a shaft member, and thus the reliability of OIS operation can be improved.

In addition, in the embodiment, the power consumption required for driving the OIS can be reduced by the bending portions (1804D, 1804E) and the third portion (1804C) of the fourth substrate (1804), which is a flexible substrate of the circuit board (1800).

In addition, in the embodiment, since the tilting guide part (1060) is positioned within the mounting part (1069) of the housing (1210) and the joining part (1049) of the housing (1210) overlaps with the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide part (1060), the height or length in the optical axis direction of the camera device (1200) can be reduced.

In addition, in the embodiment, since at least a part of the elastic member (1033) is placed within the opening (1060A) of the tilting guide part (1060), the restoring force of the elastic member (1033) can be increased, and thus the holding force for supporting the OIS moving part can be increased, thereby enabling stable OIS operation.

In addition, since in the embodiment, the first magnet unit (1310A) and the second magnet unit (1310B), which are driving magnets for image stabilization, are arranged on the lower part (1042) of the housing (1210) rather than on the side parts (1071A to 1071D) of the housing (1210), the thickness (or the length in the direction perpendicular to the optical axis) of the side parts (1071A to 1071D) of the housing (1210) can be reduced, and thus, the camera can be designed so as to be able to mount a large-diameter lens.

In addition, in a comparative example where magnetic bodies acting as an attractive or repulsive force are used to implement a holding force to support an OIS moving part with respect to a fixed part, magnetic interference may occur between the magnetic bodies and the driving magnets (130, 310). In the comparative example, a stable and desired holding force may not be obtained due to this magnetic interference.

In the embodiment, an elastic member (1033) is used to generate a holding force. Since the elastic member is used to generate a holding force in the embodiment, magnetic interference between a magnetic body for generating a holding force and a driving magnet (130, or 310) can be suppressed, and a stable and desired holding force can be obtained. Accordingly, stable OIS driving can be performed in the embodiment.

In addition, since the elastic member (1033) is utilized, in the embodiment, the selection of the axis for module tilting can be easy and free, and a linear holding force can be implemented with respect to the stroke (or displacement) of the OIS moving part. For example, in the embodiment, it can be easy to design so that the axis for module tilting is at least one of the first axis, the second axis, the X-axis, or the Y-axis.

FIG. 36 is a perspective view of a camera device (1200) including a lens module (1400).

Referring to FIG. 36, the lens module (1400) can be coupled with the bobbin (100) and can move together with the bobbin (1110) in the optical axis direction. For example, the lens module (1400) can include at least one of a lens and a lens barrel. In an embodiment, when performing shake correction or shake correction, the lens module (1400) and the image sensor (1810) can be simultaneously tilted in the first axis or the second axis in the same direction and by the same angle.

Fig. 37a shows a first position of the OIS moving part (1100), and Fig. 37b shows a second position of the OIS moving part (1100).

Referring to FIGS. 35A, 37A, and 37B, the OIS moving unit (1100) can be tilted about the second axis by a preset angle (θ1) based on the second axis by a force (F1) resulting from the interaction between the first magnet unit (1310A) and the first coil unit (1230A). That is, when the OIS moving unit (1100) moves from the first position to the second position, both the image sensor (1810) and the lens module (1400) can be tilted simultaneously by the preset angle (θ1). In addition, when the OIS moving unit (1100) moves from the first position to the second position, the tilting guide unit (1060) can be tilted together with the image sensor (1810) and the lens module (1400) by the preset angle (θ1).

Fig. 37c shows the third position of the OIS moving part (1100).

Referring to FIG. 37c, the OIS moving unit (1100) can be tilted along the first axis by a preset angle (θ2) based on the first axis by a force (F2) resulting from the interaction between the second magnet unit (1310B) and the second coil unit (1230B). For example, when the OIS moving unit (1100) moves from the first position to the third position, the image sensor (1810) and the lens module (1400) can both be tilted simultaneously by the preset angle (θ2).

Since the image sensor (1810) and the lens module (1400) are simultaneously tilted together with respect to the first axis or the second axis by force (F1) or force (F2), the embodiment can obtain 100% image resolution without image distortion, and high-angle shake correction or shake correction can be possible.

For example, when viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis, the first axis may be a first diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (100), and the second axis may be a second diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (1100). For example, the first diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit may be a first diagonal direction of any one of the holder (1140), the sensor base (1270), or the first substrate (1801) of the circuit board (900). Additionally, the second diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit may be a second diagonal direction of any one of the holder (1140), the sensor base (1270), or the first substrate (1801) of the circuit board (900).

In another embodiment, when viewed from above or in the direction of the optical axis, the first axis may be a first diagonal direction of the fixing portion, and the second axis may be a second diagonal direction of the fixing portion. For example, the first diagonal direction of the fixing portion may be a first diagonal direction of the housing (1210) or the cover member (1300). Additionally, the second diagonal direction of the fixing portion may be a second diagonal direction of the housing (1210) or the cover member (1300).

For example, the first diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (1100) (or the fixed unit) may be a direction intersecting the second direction (e.g., the X-axis direction) or the third direction, and the second diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (1100) (or the fixed unit) may be a direction intersecting the second direction (e.g., the X-axis direction) or the third direction. The first diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (1100) and the second diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (1100) may intersect each other. For example, the first diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (1100) and the second diagonal direction of the OIS moving unit (1100) may be perpendicular to each other.

In another embodiment, the first axis may be a first horizontal direction of the OIS moving unit (1100) (or the fixed unit), and the second axis may be a second horizontal direction of the OIS moving unit (1100) (or the fixed unit).

Fig. 38 shows a buffer member (1409) according to an embodiment.

Referring to FIG. 38, the camera device (1200) may include a buffer member (1409) disposed on an elastic member (1033). The buffer member (1409) may be replaced with a “damper” or a “damping member.”

The buffer member (1409) can be in contact with the elastic member (1409) and can absorb or alleviate vibration of the OIS moving part supported by the elastic member (1409), thereby suppressing oscillation of the OIS moving part when the OIS is driven.

For example, the buffer member (1409) may be a buffer material, such as silicone or resin.

For example, the buffer member (1409) may be positioned within the receiving portion (1049A) of the housing (1210) and/or the joining portion (1093A) of the supporting member (1064). For example, the buffer member (1409) may include a first damper (1409A) positioned within the receiving portion (1049A) of the housing (1210) and a second damper (1409B) positioned within the joining portion (1093A) of the supporting member (1064).

The first damper (1409A) can be in contact with, coupled with, or connected to the receiving portion (1049A) of the housing (1210) and a portion of the elastic member (1033). The second damper (1409B) can be in contact with, coupled with, or connected to the connecting portion (1093A) of the supporting member (1064) and another portion of the elastic member (1033).

In another embodiment, the camera device (1200) may include either a first damper (1409A) or a second damper (1409B).

FIG. 39 illustrates an elastic member (1033-1) according to another embodiment.

In FIG. 33B, the elastic member (1033) includes one elastic unit, but the elastic member (1033-1) of FIG. 39 may include two or more elastic units (1033A, 1033B) that are spaced apart from each other. For example, the elastic units (1033A, 1033B) may be spaced apart from each other in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis.

Fig. 40 shows another elastic member (1033-2) in another embodiment.

The elastic member (1033-2) may include two or more of the plurality of elastic units (1003A to 1003H, 1033).

For example, the elastic member (1033-2) may include two or more elastic units (e.g., 1003A, 1003B) spaced apart from each other in a direction parallel to the first axis. Alternatively, the elastic member (1033-2) may include elastic units (e.g., 1003A, 1003B, 1033) spaced apart from each other in a direction parallel to the first axis.

In another embodiment, the elastic member (1033-2) may include two or more elastic units (e.g., 1003C, 1003D) spaced apart from each other in a direction parallel to the second axis. Alternatively, the elastic member (1033-2) may include elastic units (e.g., 1003C, 1003D, 1033) spaced apart from each other in a direction parallel to the second axis.

In another embodiment, the elastic member (1033-2) may include two or more elastic units (e.g., 1003E, 1003F) spaced apart from each other in a direction parallel to the X-axis. Alternatively, the elastic member (1033-2) may include elastic units (e.g., 1003E, 1003F, 1033) spaced apart from each other in a direction parallel to the X-axis.

In another embodiment, the elastic member (33-2) may include two or more elastic units (e.g., 1003G, 1003H) spaced apart from each other in a direction parallel to the Y-axis. Alternatively, the elastic member (1033-2) may include elastic units (e.g., 1003G, 1003H, 1033) spaced apart from each other in a direction parallel to the Y-axis.

The description of the elastic member (1033) of FIGS. 33a and 33b can be applied or analogically applied to the elastic members (1033-1, 1033-2) of FIGS. 39 and 40.

In addition, the camera device (200) according to the embodiment may be included in an optical instrument that forms an image of an object in space by using the characteristics of light such as reflection, refraction, absorption, interference, and diffraction, and aims to enhance the visual acuity of the eye, or to record and reproduce an image using a lens, or to optically measure, propagate or transmit an image, etc. For example, the optical instrument according to the embodiment may be a mobile phone, a cellular phone, a smart phone, a portable smart device, a digital camera, a laptop computer, a digital broadcasting terminal, a PDA (Personal Digital Assistants), a PMP (Portable Multimedia Player), a navigation system, etc., but is not limited thereto, and any device for taking images or pictures may be used.

FIG. 41a shows a perspective view of an optical device (200A) according to an embodiment, FIG. 41b shows a perspective view of an optical device (200X) according to another embodiment, and FIG. 42 shows a configuration diagram of the optical device (200A) shown in FIGS. 41a and 41b.

For example, the embodiment of FIG. 41a may include a front camera in which the lens module (400) of the camera module (200) is positioned to face the front of the body (850), and the embodiment of FIG. 41b may include a rear camera in which the lens module (400) of the camera module (200) is positioned to face the rear of the body (850) of the optical device (200A). Although FIG. 41b illustrates an example in which two rear cameras are positioned, in other embodiments, more than one rear camera may be positioned.

In other embodiments, the camera module (200) may be used for both the front camera and the rear camera.

Referring to FIGS. 41A, 41B, and 42, an optical device (200A, hereinafter referred to as a portable “terminal”) may include a body (850), a wireless communication unit (710), an A/V input unit (720), a sensing unit (740), an input/output unit (750), a memory unit (760), an interface unit (770), a control unit (780), and a power supply unit (790).

The body (850) is in the form of a bar, but is not limited thereto, and may have various structures such as a slide type, folder type, swing type, or swivel type in which two or more sub-bodies are connected to enable relative movement.

The wireless communication unit (710) may be configured to include one or more modules that enable wireless communication between the terminal (200A) and the wireless communication system or between the terminal (200A) and the network in which the terminal (200A) is located. For example, the wireless communication unit (710) may be configured to include a broadcast reception module (711), a mobile communication module (712), a wireless Internet module (713), a short-range communication module (714), and a location information module (715).

The A/V (Audio/Video) input unit (720) is for inputting audio signals or video signals and may include a camera (721) and a microphone (722), etc.

The camera (721) may include a camera device (200) according to an embodiment.

The sensing unit (740) can detect the current state of the terminal (200A), such as the open/close state of the terminal (200A), the position of the terminal (200A), whether the user is in contact, the orientation of the terminal (200A), acceleration/deceleration of the terminal (200A), and generate a sensing signal to control the operation of the terminal (200A). For example, if the terminal (200A) is in the form of a slide phone, it can sense whether the slide phone is open or closed. In addition, it is in charge of sensing functions related to whether power is supplied by the power supply unit (790), whether the interface unit (770) is connected to an external device, and the like.

The input/output unit (750) is for generating input or output related to vision, hearing, or touch. The input/output unit (750) can generate input data for controlling the operation of the terminal (200A) and can also display information processed in the terminal (200A).

The input/output unit (750) may include a key pad unit (730), a display module (751), an audio output module (752), and a touch screen panel (753). The key pad unit (730) may generate input data by key pad input.

The display module (751) may include a plurality of pixels whose colors change according to an electrical signal. For example, the display module (751) may include at least one of a liquid crystal display, a thin film transistor-liquid crystal display, an organic light-emitting diode, a flexible display, and a 3D display.

The audio output module (752) can output audio data received from the wireless communication unit (710) in a call signal reception mode, a call mode, a recording mode, a voice recognition mode, a broadcast reception mode, etc., or output audio data stored in the memory unit (760).

The touch screen panel (753) can convert a change in electrostatic capacitance resulting from a user's touch on a specific area of the touch screen into an electrical input signal.

The memory unit (760) may store programs for processing and controlling the control unit (780), and may temporarily store input/output data (e.g., phone book, messages, audio, still images, photographs, videos, etc.). For example, the memory unit (760) may store images captured by the camera (721), such as photographs or videos.

The interface unit (770) serves as a passage connecting to an external device connected to the terminal (200A). The interface unit (770) receives data from an external device, supplies power, and transmits it to each component inside the terminal (200A), or allows data inside the terminal (200A) to be transmitted to an external device. For example, the interface unit (770) may include a wired/wireless headset port, an external charger port, a wired/wireless data port, a memory card port, a port for connecting a device equipped with an identification module, an audio I/O (Input/Output) port, a video I/O (Input/Output) port, and an earphone port.

The control unit (controller, 780) can control the overall operation of the terminal (200A). For example, the control unit (780) can perform related control and processing for voice calls, data communications, video calls, etc.

The control unit (780) may be equipped with a multimedia module (781) for multimedia playback. The multimedia module (781) may be implemented within the control unit (780) or may be implemented separately from the control unit (780).

The control unit (780) can perform pattern recognition processing to recognize handwriting input or drawing input performed on the touch screen as characters and images, respectively.

The power supply unit (790) can supply power required for the operation of each component by receiving external power or internal power under the control of the control unit (780).

The features, structures, effects, etc. described in the embodiments above are included in at least one embodiment of the present invention, and are not necessarily limited to only one embodiment. Furthermore, the features, structures, effects, etc. exemplified in each embodiment can be combined or modified and implemented in other embodiments by a person having ordinary knowledge in the field to which the embodiments belong. Therefore, the contents related to such combinations and modifications should be interpreted as being included in the scope of the present invention.

The embodiments can be used in camera devices and optical devices that can reduce size or weight and reduce the number of parts.

In addition, the embodiment can be used in a camera device and optical device capable of obtaining a stable and desired holding force and enabling stable OIS operation.

Claims (10)

fixed part; A moving part comprising a moving module including an image sensor and a lens; A tilting guide part disposed between the fixed part and the moving part and including an opening; A first magnetic body arranged in the above fixed part; and It includes a second magnetic body on which a repulsive force acts with the first magnetic body, The above moving module includes a first part passing through the opening of the above tilting guide part or positioned within the opening of the above tilting guide part, The second magnetic body is coupled with the first part of the moving module, A camera device in which the moving part tilts based on a first axis perpendicular to the optical axis direction or a second axis intersecting the optical axis direction and the first axis. In the first paragraph, The above moving module includes a sensor base including the first part and a circuit board disposed on the sensor base and on which the image sensor is disposed, The above tilting guide part is a camera device arranged between the sensor base and the fixing part. In the first paragraph, A camera device wherein the moving part includes a support member coupled with the first part of the moving module, and the second magnetic body is disposed on the support member. In the first paragraph, A camera device wherein the image sensor is positioned closer to the first magnetic body than to the second magnetic body. In the third paragraph A camera device in which the support member overlaps with the opening of the tilting guide part in the direction of the optical axis and does not overlap with the tilting guide part. In the first paragraph, The above-mentioned fixed portion includes a coupling portion positioned between the image sensor and the second magnetic body and overlapping the second magnetic body in the direction of the optical axis, A camera device in which the first magnetic body is placed in the coupling portion. In the first paragraph, A camera device wherein the fixed portion includes an opening in which the first portion of the moving module is placed. In Article 7, A camera device including a shield member that closes the opening of the above-described fixed part. In the first paragraph, A camera device wherein the second magnetic body overlaps the first magnetic body in the direction of the optical axis and is positioned below the first magnetic body. In the third paragraph, The above fixed member includes an opening exposing the support member, A camera device wherein the area of the upper surface of the above-mentioned support member is smaller than the area of the above-mentioned opening of the above-mentioned fixing member.

Images